Document:

Exhibit 4.1

 

MDC PARTNERS INC.,

 

THE NOTE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

AND

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

 

AS TRUSTEE

 

6.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 23, 2016

 

     

     

    

 

Table
of Contents

 

	 	 	page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	1
	 	 	 
	Section 1.1	Definitions	1
	Section 1.2	Inapplicability of the Trust Indenture Act	37
	Section 1.3	Rules of Construction	37
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II	THE NOTES	37
	 	 	 
	Section 2.1	Form and Dating	37
	Section 2.2	Execution and Authentication	39
	Section 2.3	Registrar and Paying Agent	40
	Section 2.4	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	40
	Section 2.5	Holder Lists	40
	Section 2.6	Global Note Provisions	41
	Section 2.7	Legends	43
	Section 2.8	Transfer and Exchange	43
	Section 2.9	No Obligation of the Trustee	46
	Section 2.10	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	47
	Section 2.11	Temporary Notes	47
	Section 2.12	Cancellation	48
	Section 2.13	Defaulted Interest	48
	Section 2.14	Additional Notes	49
	Section 2.16	CUSIP/ISIN Numbers	50
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III	COVENANTS	50
	 	 	 
	Section 3.1	Payment of Notes	50
	Section 3.2	Maintenance of Office or Agency	50
	Section 3.3	Corporate Existence	51
	Section 3.4	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	51
	Section 3.5	Compliance Certificate	51
	Section 3.6	Further Instruments and Acts	51
	Section 3.7	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	51
	Section 3.8	Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness	52
	Section 3.9	Limitation on Layered Indebtedness	57
	Section 3.10	Limitation on Restricted Payments	57
	Section 3.11	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	61
	Section 3.12	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock	63
	Section 3.13	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	67
	Section 3.14	Limitation on Liens	68
	Section 3.15	[reserved]	69
	Section 3.16	Ongoing Reporting	69
	Section 3.17	Limitation on Business Activities	70

 

    -i-

     

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	page
	 	 	 
	Section 3.18	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	70
	Section 3.19	Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries	70
	Section 3.20	Payments for Consent	72
	Section 3.21	Change of Control	72
	Section 3.22	Payment of Additional Amounts	73
	Section 3.23	Covenant Suspension	76
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV	SUCCESSOR COMPANY	76
	 	 	 
	Section 4.1	Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets	76
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V	OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES	79
	 	 	 
	Section 5.1	Optional Redemption	79
	Section 5.2	Election to Redeem	79
	Section 5.3	Notices to Trustee	79
	Section 5.4	Notice of Redemption	79
	Section 5.5	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed in Part	80
	Section 5.6	Deposit of Redemption Price	81
	Section 5.7	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	81
	Section 5.8	Unredeemed Portions of Partially Redeemed Note	81
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	82
	 	 	 
	Section 6.1	Events of Default	82
	Section 6.2	Acceleration	83
	Section 6.3	Other Remedies	84
	Section 6.4	Waiver of Past Defaults	84
	Section 6.5	Control by Majority	84
	Section 6.6	Limitation on Suits	84
	Section 6.7	Rights of Holders to Bring Suit for Payment	85
	Section 6.8	Collection Suit by Trustee	85
	Section 6.9	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, etc	85
	Section 6.10	Priorities	86
	Section 6.11	Undertaking for Costs	86
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII	TRUSTEE	86
	 	 	 
	Section 7.1	Duties of Trustee	86
	Section 7.2	Rights of Trustee	88
	Section 7.3	Individual Rights of Trustee	89
	Section 7.4	Trustee’s Disclaimer	90
	Section 7.5	Notice of Defaults	90
	Section 7.6	Reports by Trustee to Holders	90
	Section 7.7	Compensation and Indemnity	90
	Section 7.8	Replacement of Trustee	91

 

    -ii-

     

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	page
	 	 	 
	Section 7.9	Successor Trustee by Merger	92
	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	92
	Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	92
	Section 7.12	Appointment of Co-Trustees	93
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII	DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE	94
	 	 	 
	Section 8.1	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance	94
	Section 8.2	Conditions to Defeasance	95
	Section 8.3	Application of Trust Money	97
	Section 8.4	Repayment to Company	97
	Section 8.5	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	97
	Section 8.6	Reinstatement	97
	Section 8.7	Satisfaction and Discharge	98
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX	AMENDMENTS	98
	 	 	 
	Section 9.1	Without Consent of Holders	98
	Section 9.2	With Consent of Holders	99
	Section 9.3	[reserved]	100
	Section 9.4	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	100
	Section 9.5	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	101
	Section 9.6	Trustee to Sign Amendments and Supplements	101
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X	NOTE GUARANTEES	101
	 	 	 
	Section 10.1	Note Guarantees	101
	Section 10.2	Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge	103
	Section 10.3	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc. on Certain Terms	104
	Section 10.4	Right of Contribution	104
	Section 10.5	No Subrogation	105
	Section 10.6	Evidence of Note Guarantee	105
	Section 10.7	Additional Note Guarantees	105
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI	MISCELLANEOUS	105
	 	 	 
	Section 11.1	Notices	105
	Section 11.2	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	106
	Section 11.3	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	107
	Section 11.4	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	107
	Section 11.5	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	107
	Section 11.6	Legal Holidays	107
	Section 11.7	Governing Law, Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.	107
	Section 11.8	No Recourse Against Others	109
	Section 11.9	Successors	109
	Section 11.10	Duplicate and Counterpart Originals	109

 

    -iii-

     

    

 

Table
of Contents

(continued)

 

	 	 	page
	 	 	 
	Section 11.11	Severability	109
	Section 11.12	Currency Indemnity	109
	Section 11.13	Table of Contents; Headings	110

 

    -iv-

     

    

  

	EXHIBIT A	FORM OF NOTE
	 	 
	EXHIBIT B	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGULATION S
	 	 
	EXHIBIT C	FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO RULE 144
	 	 
	EXHIBIT D	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR ADDITIONAL NOTE GUARANTEE

 

    -v-

     

    

 

INDENTURE, dated as of March 23, 2016, among
MDC Partners Inc., a corporation continued under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), the Note Guarantors party
hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit
of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 issued
hereunder.

 

Article
I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.1           Definitions.

 

“Acceleration Declaration”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.2(a).

 

“Acceptable Commitment”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(b).

 

“Acquired Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at
the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection with the
acquisition of assets from such Person. Such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred at the time such Person becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such
Indebtedness is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

 

“Additional Amounts” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.22(a).

 

“Additional Note Board Resolutions”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.14(b).

 

“Additional Note Guarantee”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.7.

 

“Additional Note Guarantor”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.7.

 

“Additional Note Supplemental Indenture”
means a supplement to this Indenture duly executed and delivered by the Company, each Note Guarantor and the Trustee pursuant
to Article IX, providing for the issuance of Additional Notes.

 

“Additional Notes” means
the Notes originally issued after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.14, including any replacement Notes as
specified in the relevant Additional Note Board Resolutions or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture issued therefor in accordance
with this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” means, with
respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to
any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”
and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

     

     

    

  

“Affiliate Transaction”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.13(a).

 

“Agent Members” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 2.6(b).

 

“Applicable Premium” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 5(b) of the Form of Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A.

 

“Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in a Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC,
Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Applicable Provisions”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.2(a).

 

“Asset Acquisition” means:

 

(1)         (a)
an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person will become a Restricted
Subsidiary, or will be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (b) an acquisition by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Capital Stock held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         the
acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) which
constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or comprises any division or line of business of such Person or
any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(3)         any
Revocation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Asset Sale” means any
sale, disposition, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other transfer, including a Sale and Leaseback Transaction
(each, a “disposition”) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of:

 

(a)         any
Capital Stock other than Capital Stock of the Company; or

 

(b)         any
property or assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents or Capital Stock) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following
items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)         the
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as permitted under Section
4.1;

 

     2

     

    

  

(2)         a
disposition of inventory, obsolete or worn-out equipment, accounts receivable or intellectual property in the ordinary course of
business;

 

(3)         dispositions
of assets or Capital Stock (excluding the issuance of minority interests to management of any Restricted Subsidiary (including
any Person controlled by one or more members of such management)) in any transaction or series of related transactions with an
aggregate Fair Market Value not to exceed $15.0 million;

 

(4)         for
purposes of Section 3.12 only, the making of Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted under Section 3.10;

 

(5)         a
disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including a Person that is or will become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately
after the disposition; provided that this clause (5) applies only to (i) a disposition to the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary, (ii) a disposition between Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries so long as the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, an equal or greater percentage of the economic and voting interests in the
Capital Stock of the transferee as it does in respect of the transferor or (iii) a merger or consolidation between one or more
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

 

(6)         the
lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; provided that, such lease constitutes
an operating lease;

 

(7)         foreclosures,
condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

(8)         any
involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property;

 

(9)         the
licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than
the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

 

(10)       any
surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in
the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)       the
creation of a Lien permitted under this Indenture (other than a deemed Lien in connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction);
and

 

(12)       any
issuance of Management Appreciation Interests in one or more transactions so long as such issuance or issuances do not cause the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary to cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Asset Sale Offer” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(c).

 

“Asset Sale Offer Amount”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(c).

 

“Asset Sale Offer Notice”
means notice of an Asset Sale Offer made pursuant to Section 3.12, which notice shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale
Offer, and shall state:

 

     3

     

    

  

(1)         the
circumstances of the Asset Sale or Sales, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are included in the Asset Sale Offer, that an Asset Sale
Offer is being made pursuant to Section 3.12, and that all Notes that are timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2)         the
Asset Sale Offer Amount and the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date the Asset Sale Offer Notice is mailed (other than as may be required by law);

 

(3)         that
any Notes or portions thereof not tendered or accepted for payment will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)         that,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Asset Sale Offer Amount with respect thereto, all Notes or portions thereof accepted
for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest from and after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;

 

(5)         that
any Holder electing to have any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender
such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to
the Paying Agent at the address specified in the Asset Sale Offer Notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day
preceding the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date;

 

(6)         that
any Holder shall be entitled to withdraw such election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
30th day following the date the Asset Sale Offer Notice is mailed, a facsimile transmission or letter, setting forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such
Holder’s election to have such Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer;

 

(7)         that
any Holder electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer must specify the principal amount that is being tendered
for purchase, which principal amount must be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)         that
any Holder of Certificated Notes whose Certificated Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Certificated Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Certificated Note or Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion will
be equal in principal amount to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(9)         that
the Trustee will return to the Holder of a Global Note that is being purchased in part, such Global Note with a notation on the
schedule of increases or decreases thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unpurchased portion of such
Global Note; and

 

(10)       any
other information, as determined by the Company, necessary to enable any Holder to tender Notes and to have such Notes purchased
pursuant to Section 3.12.

 

     4

     

    

  

“Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(e).

 

“Asset Sale Transaction”
means any Asset Sale and, whether or not constituting an Asset Sale, (1) any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary and (2) any Designation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Attributable Debt” means,
in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as at any time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest
rate reasonably determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the interest rate
implicit in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction in accordance with GAAP) of the total Obligations of the lessee for rental payments
during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease
has been extended).

 

“Authenticating Agent”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(b).

 

“Authorized Agent” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.7(c).

 

“Bank Credit Facility”
means the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of March 20, 2013 among the Company, Maxxcom Inc., as borrower, the guarantors
and lenders from time to time party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as agent, and all amendments thereto, together
with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any Guarantee agreements and security documents), as such agreement
may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time
by one or more credit agreements or any indentures or commercial paper facilities, including any agreement or indenture adding
Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder or extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing,
increasing the amount outstanding or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or
any successor or replacement agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or investors.

 

“Bankruptcy Event of Default”
means:

 

(1)         the
entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of: (i) a decree or order for relief in respect of any Bankruptcy Party in an involuntary
case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (ii) a decree or order (A) adjudging any Bankruptcy Party a bankrupt or
insolvent, (B) approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, examinership, arrangement, adjustment or composition
of, or in respect of, any Bankruptcy Party under any Bankruptcy Law, (C) appointing a Custodian of any Bankruptcy Party or
of any substantial part of the property of any Bankruptcy Party, or (D) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs
of any Bankruptcy Party, and in each case, the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order
unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive calendar days; or

 

     5

     

    

  

(2)         (i) the
commencement by any Bankruptcy Party of a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or of any other case or proceeding
to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (ii) the consent by any Bankruptcy Party to the entry of a decree or order for
relief in respect of any Bankruptcy Party in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement
of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against any Bankruptcy Party, (iii) the filing by any Bankruptcy Party
of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, examinership or relief under any Bankruptcy Law, (iv) the consent
by any Bankruptcy Party to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of any Bankruptcy
Party or of any substantial part of the property of any Bankruptcy Party, (v) the making by any Bankruptcy Party of an assignment
for the benefit of creditors, (vi) the admission by any Bankruptcy Party in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally
as they become due, or (vii) the approval by stockholders of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution
of the Company in furtherance of any action referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above, or (viii) the taking of corporate
action by any Bankruptcy Party in furtherance of any action referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state, Canadian, provincial or other non-U.S. law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Bankruptcy Party” means
the Company and any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary.

 

“Board of Directors” means,
with respect to any Person, the board of directors, management committee or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized
committee thereof.

 

“Board Resolution” means,
with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have
been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification,
and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means a
day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation
or executive order to close in New York City.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)         with
respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated
and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of such Person and stock
appreciation rights;

 

(2)         with
respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity or ownership interests of such Person;
and

 

(3)         any
warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the instruments or interests referred to in clause (1) or (2) above.

 

     6

     

    

  

For the avoidance of doubt, Management Appreciation
Interests shall constitute Capital Stock of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary that issued such Management Appreciation Interests.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations”
means, with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted
for as capital lease obligations under GAAP. For purposes of this definition, the amount of such Obligations at any date will be
the capitalized amount of such Obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that any such obligations
of the Company or its Subsidiaries that are not required to be reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company in accordance
with GAAP, but are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment, shall for
all purposes under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated
Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)         marketable
direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the U.S. government or issued by any agency thereof and backed
by the full faith and credit of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or any European Union central bank, in each case
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(2)         marketable
direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or province of Canada or any political subdivision of any such state
or province or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time
of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither
Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

 

(3)         commercial
paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least
A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s;

 

(4)         demand
deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or Canada or any state or province thereof or the District
of Columbia, the United Kingdom or any country of the European Union or any U.S. or Canadian branch of a non-U.S. or Canadian bank
having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million (or the equivalent
thereof);

 

(5)         repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered
into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clauses (2) and (4) above; and

 

(6)         investments
in money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through
(5) above.

 

     7

     

    

  

“Cash Management Arrangements”
means (a) the advance of cash on hand by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company on a regular basis to one or more pooled deposit
or sweep accounts maintained by the Company with one or more financial institutions (“Cash Management Financial Institutions”)
for the purpose of funding the operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and other corporate purposes, (b) the
advance of cash on hand or borrowed by the Company from one or more of the pooled deposit or sweep accounts maintained by the Company
with one or more financial institutions to one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company for the purpose of funding
the operations of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (c) one or more overdraft facilities between the Company and one or more Cash
Management Financial Institutions based on cash deposited with them.

 

“Cash Management Financial Institution”
has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Cash Management Arrangements.”

 

“Certificated Note” means
any Note issued in fully-registered certificated form (other than a Global Note), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit
A, with appropriate legends as specified in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A.

 

“Change of Control” means
the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

(1)        any
“person” or “group” (as defined below) of related persons other than one or more of the Permitted Holders
is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined below) directly or indirectly, in the aggregate of more than 50% of
the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (including a Successor Company, if applicable); provided that
the formation of a holding company to hold Capital Stock of the Company which does not change the beneficial ownership of such
Capital Stock (except as a result of the exercise of dissenters’ rights) will not constitute a Change of Control under this
clause (1);

 

(2)        during
any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
Company, together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders
of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors
at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office;

 

(3)        the
approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company,
whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; or

 

     8

     

    

  

(4)         the
Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person, or the Company sells, conveys, assigns, transfers, leases or
otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, determined on a consolidated basis, to any Person,
other than a transaction where the Person or Persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, beneficially owned the outstanding
Voting Stock of the Company are, by virtue of such prior ownership, the beneficial owners in the aggregate of a majority of the
total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person (or if such surviving or transferee
Person is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of another Person, such Person who is the ultimate parent entity), in each
case whether or not such transaction is otherwise in compliance with this Indenture.

 

For purposes of this definition:

 

(a)         “beneficial
owner” has the meaning specified in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that any person or group will be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person or group or has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise
of other securities, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (“beneficially own”
and “beneficially owned” have corresponding meanings); and

 

(b)         “person”
and “group” have the meanings for “person” and “group” as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
of the Exchange Act.

 

“Change of Control Notice”
means notice of a Change of Control Offer made pursuant to Section 3.21, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change
of Control Offer and shall state:

 

(1)         that
a Change of Control has occurred, the circumstances or events causing such Change of Control and that a Change of Control Offer
is being made pursuant to Section 3.21, and that all Notes that are timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2)         the
Change of Control Payment, and the Change of Control Payment Date, which date shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor
later than 60 days subsequent to the date such notice is mailed (other than as may be required by law);

 

(3)         that
any Notes or portions thereof not tendered or accepted for payment will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)         that,
unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment with respect thereto, all Notes or portions
thereof accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest from and after the Change of
Control Payment Date;

 

(5)         that
any Holder electing to have any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to tender
such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to
the Paying Agent at the address specified in the Change of Control Notice prior to the close of business on the third Business
Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

     9

     

    

  

(6)         that
any Holder shall be entitled to withdraw such election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
30th day following the date the Change of Control Notice is mailed, a facsimile transmission or letter, setting forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such
Holder’s election to have such Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(7)         that
any Holder electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer must specify the principal amount that is being
tendered for purchase, which principal amount must be $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)         that
any Holder of Certificated Notes whose Certificated Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Certificated Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Certificated Note or Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion will
be equal in principal amount to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(9)         that
the Trustee will return to the Holder of a Global Note that is being purchased in part, such Global Note with a notation on the
schedule of increases or decreases thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unpurchased portion of such
Global Note; and

 

(10)       any
other information, as determined by the Company, necessary to enable any Holder to tender Notes and to have such Notes purchased
pursuant to Section 3.21.

 

“Change of Control Offer”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.21(b).

 

“Change of Control Payment”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.21(a).

 

“Change of Control Payment Date”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.21(b).

 

“Clearstream” means Clearsteam
Banking, société anonyme, or the successor to its securities clearance and settlement operations.

 

“Code” means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Commission” means the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency thereto with respect to the regulation or registration of securities
in the United States.

 

“Commodity Agreement” means,
with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under any commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement or commodity
collar agreement.

 

“Common Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and
whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common equity interests, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after
the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common equity interests.

 

     10

     

    

  

“Company” means the party
named as such in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture and its successors and assigns, including any Successor Company which
becomes such in accordance with Article IV.

 

“Company Order” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(c).

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period (after giving pro forma
effect to any applicable Pro Forma Adjustment Items), plus the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted or
added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)         Consolidated
Income Tax Expense for such Person for such period;

 

(2)         Consolidated
Net Interest Expense for such Person for such period (for the avoidance of doubt, after reduction for interest income as set forth
in the definition of “Consolidated Net Interest Expense”);

 

(3)         depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash debits and losses for such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of
the Company) for such period; and

 

(4)         in
the case of the Company, income attributable to non-controlling or minority interests in its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
that the amount added pursuant to this clause (4) for any Four Quarter Period shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA,

 

less, without duplication:

 

(a)         all
non-cash credits and gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such Person for such period;

 

(b)         all
cash payments made by such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) during such period
relating to non-cash charges that were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

 

(c)         in
the case of the Company, loss attributable to non-controlling or minority interests in its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income taxes payable
by the Company and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) for such period as determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

     11

     

    

  

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period:

 

(1)         the
sum of the aggregate of cash and non-cash interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the
case of the Company) for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation,
the following for such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company), whether or not interest
expense in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)          any
amortization or accretion of debt discount or any interest paid on Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted
Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) in the form of additional Indebtedness,

 

(b)          any
amortization of deferred financing costs (excluding any write-off of deferred financing costs in respect of Indebtedness repaid
with the net proceeds of the Notes issued on the Issue Date),

 

(c)          the
sum of (A) losses for such period on Hedging Obligations (to the extent not otherwise included in interest expense) and (B) the
upfront costs or fees for such period associated with Hedging Obligations (to the extent not included in interest expense),

 

(d)          all
capitalized interest,

 

(e)          the
interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, provided that any deferred acquisition consideration, whether contingent
or not, including in respect of earn-out obligations, will be deemed to bear interest at the highest rate payable on borrowings
under the Bank Credit Facility at the relevant time or, if no Bank Credit Facility exists, at the rate borne by the Notes on the
amount thereof determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of Indebtedness,

 

(f)          commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges Incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances,

 

(g)         any
interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries
in the case of the Company) or secured by a Lien on the assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries
in the case of the Company), whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon,

 

(h)         the
interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by the such Person and
its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) during such period, and

 

(i)          dividends
paid or accrued on Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of
the Company) or on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries of such Person (Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of the Company); minus

 

     12

     

    

  

(2)         for
such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) as determined in accordance with GAAP,

 

(a)         gains
for such period on Hedging Obligations (to the extent not included in interest income and to the extent not deducted in the calculation
of interest expense); and

 

(b)         the
write-off of deferred financing costs and make-whole or repurchase premiums and expenses incurred in connection with the redemption
or repurchase of the Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 and the amendment of the Bank Credit Facility being carried out
substantially concurrently with the initial issuance of the Notes.

 

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio”
means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness
of such Person as of such date to Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the relevant Four Quarter Period after giving pro forma
effect to any applicable Pro Forma Adjustment Items.

 

“Consolidated Net Income”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) attributable to such Person for such period
on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there will be excluded therefrom:

 

(1)         any
extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains or losses or gains or losses from Asset Sales;

 

(2)         restructuring
charges, including severance and related costs for eliminated positions;

 

(3)         any
tax refunds, net operating loss tax effects or other net tax benefits and deferred tax income and loss;

 

(4)         effects
of and income or loss from discontinued operations;

 

(5)         non-cash
impairment charges;

 

(6)         non-cash
stock based compensation expenses;

 

(7)         the
net income (loss) of any Person, other than such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company),
except for cash distributions from Persons that are not Subsidiaries of such Person not included in the definition of “Investment
Return”;

 

(8)         for
purposes of calculating Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (3) of Section 3.10(a)
only, the net income (or loss) of a Successor Company prior to assuming the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes pursuant to Section 4.1;

 

     13

     

    

  

(9)         the
net income (but not loss) of any Subsidiary of such Person (Restricted Subsidiary in the case of the Company) to the extent that
a corresponding amount could not be distributed to such Person at the date of determination as a result of any restriction pursuant
to the constituent documents of such Subsidiary (Restricted Subsidiary in the case of the Company) or any law, regulation, agreement
or judgment applicable to any such distribution, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions
has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends
or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

 

(10)       any
restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such reserve was made out of Consolidated
Net Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date;

 

(11)       any
adjustment (positive or negative) relating to the deferred purchase price of property (including, without limitation, deferred
acquisition consideration and present value adjustments included in interest expense) arising from Asset Acquisitions or Investments;

 

(12)       any
third party expenses directly related to Asset Acquisitions (other than a Revocation with respect to an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
and Investments;

 

(13)       the
write-off of deferred financing costs and make-whole or repurchase premiums and expenses incurred in connection with the redemption
or repurchase of the Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 and the amendment of the Bank Credit Facility being carried out
substantially concurrently with the initial issuance of the Notes; and

 

(14)       the
cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.

 

“Consolidated Net Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period, minus the interest income of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted
Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the aggregate amount (without
duplication) of all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) outstanding
at such time (excluding Indebtedness specified in Section 3.8(b)(16)) and (B) the greater of the aggregate liquidation preference
and aggregate maximum fixed repurchase price of any Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of the
Company) of such Person, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

     14

     

    

  

“Corporate Trust Office”
means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered,
which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, 7W, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Division
- Corporate Finance Unit, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company, or the
principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time
to time by notice to the Company).

 

“Covenant Defeasance” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.1(c).

 

“Covenant Suspension Date”
means the first date following the Issue Date or any Reversion Date on which (A) the Notes have Investment Grade Rating from both
Rating Agencies and (B) there does not exist a Default or Event of Default.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver,
trustee, examiner, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Currency Agreement” means,
in respect of any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which such Person
is a party designed to hedge foreign currency risk of such Person.

 

“Default” means an event
or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 1 of the Form of Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A.

 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration”
means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an
Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth
the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents
received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

“Designation” has the meaning
assigned to it in Section 3.19(a). “Designate,” “Designated” and “Designating” will
have the corresponding meanings.

 

“Designation Amount” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.19(a).

 

“Disqualified Capital Stock”
means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for
which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof, in any case, on
or prior to the date that is one year after the final maturity date of the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, “Disqualified
Capital Stock” shall not include equity interests of minority holders of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company by virtue of put and call arrangements and Management Appreciation Interests.

 

“Directive” has the meaning
assigned to it in Section 3.22(a)(7).

 

     15

     

    

  

“Distribution Compliance Period”
means, in respect of any Regulation S Global Note (or Certificated Note issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.6(c)),
the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (A) the day on which any Notes represented thereby are offered
to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) pursuant to Regulation S and (B) the issue date for such Notes.

 

“DTC” means The Depository
Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depositary institution hereinafter appointed
by the Company that is a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

 

“Equity Offering” means
a public or private issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company other than pursuant
to any employment, director or consulting contract or pursuant to any employee, director or consultant benefit, stock option, share
ownership or similar plan or program.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or its successor in such capacity.

 

“Event of Default” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1.

 

“Excess Proceeds” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(c).

 

“Exchange Act” means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

“Excluded Holder” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 3.22(a).

 

“Fair Market Value” means,
with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) which could be negotiated
in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which
is under any compulsion to complete the transaction.

 

“Four Quarter Period” means
for any Person, as of any date, the four most recent full fiscal quarters of such Person for which financial statements of such
Person are available as of such date; it being understood that calculations for any Four Quarter Period will be calculated by giving
pro forma effect to the events or initiatives specified in the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment Items that occurred or
commenced during such Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of such Four Quarter Period and on or prior
to such date as if any such event had occurred or such initiative had commenced on the first day of such Four Quarter Period.

 

“Full Guarantor” means
each Note Guarantor other than any Limited Guarantor.

 

     16

     

    

  

“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States,
which are in effect from time to time; provided that all terms of an accounting or financial nature used in this Indenture shall
be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to in this Indenture shall be made (a) without giving effect
to any election under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825— Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including
pursuant to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary at “fair
value,” as defined therein and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations
shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company
may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter
be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be
irrevocable; provided, further, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to provide any subsequent financial
reports required to be provided pursuant to the covenant set forth under “—Ongoing Reporting” in accordance with
IFRS or that include financial reports prepared in accordance with IFRS. Any calculation or determination in this Indenture that
requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to apply
IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company shall give notice of any such election
made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.16. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making
an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

If there occurs a change in generally accepted
accounting principles relating to revenue recognition resulting from the joint revenue recognition standard of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board and the International Accounting Standards Board, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation
of standards or terms as determined in good faith by the Company (an “Accounting Change”), then the Company
may elect, as evidenced by a written notice of the Company to the Trustee required by Section 3.16, that such standards
or terms shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had not occurred either on a one-time or permanent basis.

 

“Governmental Authority”
means any federal, state, provincial, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department,
or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative power, or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

“Global Note” means any
Note issued in fully registered form to DTC (or its nominee), as depositary for the beneficial owners thereof, which shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit A, with appropriate legends as specified in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A.

 

“Guarantee” means any Obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person:

 

(1)         to
purchase or pay, or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of, such Indebtedness of such other Person, whether arising
by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise, or

 

     17

     

    

  

(2)         entered
into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee
against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part,

 

provided that “Guarantee” will not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding
meaning.

 

“Guaranteed Obligations”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.1(a).

 

“Hedging Obligations” means
the Obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

 

“Holder” means a Person
in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

“IFRS” means the international
financial reporting standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

“Incur” means, with respect
to any Indebtedness, Lien or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or otherwise),
grant, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable. “Incurrence,” “Incurred” and “Incurring”
have corresponding meanings.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with
respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)         all
Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)         all
Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)         all
Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(4)         all
Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property (including, without limitation, deferred
acquisition consideration in respect of any Capital Stock or business), all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under
any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable, including corporate credit card charges in respect thereof,
and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue by 90 days or more or are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted);

 

(5)         all
letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar credit transactions, including reimbursement Obligations in respect thereof;

 

     18

     

    

  

(6)         Guarantees
and other contingent Obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above and
clauses (7), (8) and (9) below;

 

(7)         all
Indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which is secured by any Lien on any
property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Indebtedness being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such
property or asset or the amount of the Indebtedness so secured;

 

(8)         Obligations
under Hedging Obligations of such Person;

 

(9)         all
liabilities recorded on the balance sheet of such Person in connection with a sale or other disposition of accounts receivables
and related assets; and

 

(10)        all
Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock
being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding
accrued dividends, if any; provided that:

 

(a)          if
the Disqualified Capital Stock does not have a fixed repurchase price, such maximum fixed repurchase price will be calculated in
accordance with the terms of the Disqualified Capital Stock as if the Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on
which Indebtedness will be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; and

 

(b)          if
the maximum fixed repurchase price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of the Disqualified Capital Stock, the
fair market value will be the Fair Market Value thereof.

 

The amount of the Indebtedness in respect of any Hedging Obligations
at any time shall be equal to the amount payable as a result of the termination of such Hedging Obligations at such time. The amount
of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional Obligations as
described above and, with respect to contingent Obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
rise to the Obligation, and shall be:

 

(1)         the
accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)         the
principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other
Indebtedness.

 

“Indenture” means this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including the Exhibits hereto.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor”
means an accounting firm, appraisal firm, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the
judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and which is independent
in connection with the relevant transaction.

 

     19

     

    

  

“Interest Payment Date”
means the stated due date of a regular installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the Form of Face of Note contained
in Exhibit A.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement”
means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps,
caps, floors, collars, derivative instruments and similar agreements) and/or other types of hedging agreements designed to hedge
interest rate risk of such Person.

 

“Investment” means, with
respect to any Person, any:

 

(1)         direct
or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a Guarantee) to any other Person,

 

(2)         capital
contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account
or use of others) to any other Person, or

 

(3)         any
purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness
issued by any other Person.

 

“Investment” will exclude accounts
receivable, deposits, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made
in the ordinary course of business. “Invest,” “Investing” and “Invested” have corresponding
meanings.

 

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” and Section 3.10, the Company will be deemed to have made an “Investment” in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of its Designation, which will be valued at the Fair Market Value of the sum of the net assets of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary multiplied by the percentage equity ownership of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Designated Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of its Designation and the amount of any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such Designation. Any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
will be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise
disposes of any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including any issuance and sale of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary)
such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would cease to be a Subsidiary of the
Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to sum of the
Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary immediately
following such sale or other disposition and the amount of any Indebtedness of such former Restricted Subsidiary Guaranteed by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary immediately following such sale
or other disposition. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment
in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person. Except as otherwise provided
in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value.

 

     20

     

    

  

“Investment Grade Rating”
means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or equivalent
rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Investment Return” means,
in respect of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) made after the Issue Date by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(1)         the
cash proceeds received by the Company upon the sale, liquidation or repayment of such Investment or, in the case of a Guarantee,
the amount of the Guarantee upon the unconditional release of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in full, less any payments
previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Guarantee;

 

(2)         in
the case of the Revocation of the Designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the lesser of:

 

(a)          the
Company’s Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such Revocation;

 

(b)          that
portion of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of Revocation that is proportionate
to the Company’s equity interest in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of Revocation; and

 

(c)          the
Designation Amount with respect to such Unrestricted Subsidiary upon its Designation which was treated as a Restricted Payment;
and

 

(3)         in
the event the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes any Investment in a Person that, as a result of or in connection with
such Investment, becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, the existing Investment of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such
Person,

 

in the case of each of clause (1), (2) and (3) above, up to
the amount of such Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment under Section 3.10(a) less the amount of any
previous Investment Return in respect of such Investment.

 

“Issue Date” means the
first date of issuance of Notes under this Indenture.

 

“Issue Date Notes” means
the $900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued on the Issue Date, and any replacement Notes issued therefor
in accordance with this Indenture.

 

“Legal Defeasance” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.1(b).

 

     21

     

    

  

“Legal Holiday” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 11.6.

 

“Lien” means any lien,
mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest); provided that,
the lessee in respect of a Capitalized Lease Obligation or Sale and Leaseback Transaction will be deemed to have Incurred a Lien
on the property leased thereunder; provided further that in no event shall an operating lease entered into in the
ordinary course of business be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Limited Guarantees” means
the Note Guarantees of the Limited Guarantor, subject to the limitations described in Section 10.2(b).

 

“Limited Guarantor” means
each Note Guarantor organized in Sweden, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing.

 

“Management Appreciation Interests”
means interests issued by a Restricted Subsidiary (including such interests in existence as of the Issue Date) to one or more members
of its management solely for compensatory purposes (whether directly or to any Person in which one or more such members have an
interest) which entitle the holders thereof to the future appreciation in value of any Restricted Subsidiary above the value of
such Restricted Subsidiary as of the date of issuance which, in the case of Management Appreciation Interests amended or issued
on or after the Issue Date, in the aggregate, do not result in the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries being entitled to less
than 50.1% of such future appreciation in value of such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Maturity Date” means May
1, 2024.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means,
with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, excluding the release of any Indebtedness
or other liabilities, but including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration
or payments in respect of deferred payment Obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of:

 

(1)         reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking
fees and sales commissions);

 

(2)         taxes
paid or payable in respect of such Asset Sale after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available
tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;

 

(3)         repayment
of Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture that is required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale;
and

 

     22

     

    

  

(4)         appropriate
amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related
to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification Obligations associated with such Asset Sale, but excluding any
reserves with respect to Indebtedness.

 

“Non-U.S. Beneficial Ownership Certification”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(e).

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means
a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Non-U.S. Note Guarantor”
means each of 6 Degrees Integrated Communications Corp., Accumark Partners Inc., Albion Brand Communication Ltd., Anomaly Inc.,
Boom Marketing Inc., Bruce Mau Design Inc., Bruce Mau Holdings Ltd., Bryan Mills Iradesso Corp., Capital C Partners GP Inc., Crispin
Porter & Bogusky Ltd., Crispin Porter & Bogusky Scandinavia AB, Doner Ltd., Gale Partners Inc., Gale43 Partners LP, Kbs+p
Canada LP, Kbs+p Canada SEC, Kenna Communications GP Inc., Kenna Communications LP, Kingsdale Partners LP, MDC Canada GP Inc.,
MDC Europe Ltd., MDC Gale43 GP Inc., MDC Kingsdale GP Inc., MDC Partners UK Holdings Ltd., Northstar Management Holdco Inc., Northstar
Research Holdings Canada Inc., Northstar Research Partners Inc., Studio Pica Inc., Trapeze Media Ltd., Union Advertising Canada
LP, Veritas Communications Inc. and X Connections Inc., as well as any Additional Note Guarantor that provides a Note Guarantee
pursuant to Section 10.7 of this Indenture and that is incorporated in a jurisdiction outside of the United States.

 

“Note Custodian” means
the custodian with respect to any Global Note appointed by DTC, or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Note Guarantee” means
any guarantee of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes provided by each Note Guarantor pursuant to
Article X.

 

“Note Guarantor” means
any Restricted Subsidiary which provides a Note Guarantee pursuant to this Indenture until such time as its Note Guarantee is released
in accordance with this Indenture. As of the date hereof, the parties signatory hereto as Note Guarantors as identified on the
signature page to this Indenture shall be the initial Note Guarantors.

 

“Note Register” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

 

“Notes” means the Company’s
6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture (including, without limitation, Additional Notes).

 

“Obligations” means, with
respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, interest (including, without limitation, Post-Petition Interest), penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing such Indebtedness, including,
in the case of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture.

 

     23

     

    

  

“Offering Circular” means
the offering circular, dated March 18, 2016, relating to the sale of the Notes.

 

“Officer” means, with respect
to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief
Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Controller,
the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate”
means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom must be its Chairman of the Board of Directors,
its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Financial Officer, its Chief Accounting Officer, its Treasurer or its Controller,
and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means
a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee.

 

“Outstanding” means, as
of the date of determination, all Notes theretofor authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(i)          Notes
theretofor canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)         Notes,
or portions thereof, for the payment, redemption or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer, purchase of
which, money in the necessary amount has been theretofor deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company,
a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company, a Note Guarantor
or an Affiliate of the Company (if the Company, such Note Guarantor or such Affiliate is acting as the Paying
Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if Notes (or portions thereof) are to be redeemed or purchased, notice
of such redemption or purchase has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee
has been made;

 

(iii)        Notes
which have been surrendered pursuant to Section 2.10 or Notes in exchange for which or in lieu of which other Notes
have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have
been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands
such Notes are valid Obligations of the Company; and

 

(iv)        solely
to the extent provided in Article VIII, Notes which are subject to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in
Article VIII;

 

provided, however, that in determining
whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company, a Note Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes
or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except
that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.
Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction
of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

     24

     

    

  

“Paying Agent” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

 

“Permitted Business” means
the business or businesses conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any reasonable extension
thereof or any business ancillary or complementary thereto.

 

“Permitted Holders” means
(1) Omnicom Group Inc., The Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc., WPP plc, Publicis Groupe S.A., Havas S.A. and Dentsu Inc. and
(2) any Person at least 80% of the outstanding Capital Stock of which is owned by one or more Persons described in clause (1) above;
provided, that, a Rating Decline shall not have occurred in connection with the transaction (including any Incurrence of
Indebtedness used to finance the acquisition thereof) involving such Permitted Holder that would have resulted in a Change of Control
(but for the terms of this definition).

 

“Permitted Indebtedness”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.8(b).

 

“Permitted Investing Subsidiary”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.12(b).

 

“Permitted Investments”
means:

 

(1)         Investments
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person that is, or that result in any Person becoming, immediately after such
Investment, a Restricted Subsidiary or constituting a merger or consolidation of such Person into the Company or with or into a
Restricted Subsidiary but excluding purchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring or retiring for value any Management Appreciation
Interests other than as permitted under Section 3.10(b)(11);

 

(2)         Investments
in the Company;

 

(3)         Investments
in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(4)         any
extension, modification or renewal of any Investments existing as of the Issue Date (but not Investments involving additional advances,
contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof, other than as a result of the accrual or accretion
of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Issue Date);

 

(5)         Investments
permitted pursuant to clause (2) or (8) of Section 3.13(b);

 

(6)         Investments
received as a result of the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Person or taken in settlement of or other resolution of claims
or disputes, and, in each case, extensions, modifications and renewals thereof or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured
Investment in default;

 

     25

     

    

  

(7)         Investments
made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of non-cash consideration permitted to be received in connection
with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 3.12;

 

(8)         Investments
in the form of Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (5) of Section 3.8(b);

 

(9)         Investments
made solely in exchange for common equity of the Company constituting Qualified Capital Stock;

 

(10)       Investments
consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(11)       (A)          loans
and advances to, or Guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any “executive
officers” (as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) of the Company) not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding
in the aggregate; or

 

(B)         loans
and advances to current or former employees, officers, and directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, their
respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case for the purpose of purchasing Capital Stock of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as the proceeds of such loans or advances are received by the Company or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(12)       loans
and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses,
including credit card borrowings in respect thereof, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or to fund such Person’s
purchase of Capital Stock of the Company from the Company;

 

(13)       Investments
in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (13) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent
the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or Cash Equivalents, not to exceed $15.0 million at the time of such Investment
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes
in value);

 

(14)       Investments
existing on the Issue Date;

 

(15)       repurchases
of Notes; or

 

(16)       Investments
in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business not to exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding (with the Fair Market
Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

     26

     

    

  

“Permitted Liens” means
any of the following:

 

(1)         statutory
Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by
law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or
other appropriate provision, if any, as required by GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

(2)         Liens
Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance
and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory Obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
bids, leases, government performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar Obligations (exclusive of Obligations for the
payment of borrowed money);

 

(3)         Liens
upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s Obligations in respect
of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage
of such inventory or other goods;

 

(4)         Liens
securing reimbursement Obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating
to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

 

(5)         Liens
encumbering deposits made to secure Obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset and set-off;

 

(6)         Liens
securing Hedging Obligations that relate to Indebtedness that is Incurred in accordance with Section 3.8 and that are secured
by the same assets as secure such Hedging Obligations;

 

(7)         Liens
existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facility) and Liens to secure any Refinancing
Indebtedness which is Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness below which has been secured by a Lien permitted under Section
3.14 and not Incurred pursuant to clause (9), (10) or (27) below and which Indebtedness has been Incurred in accordance with
Section 3.8; provided that such new Liens:

 

(a)          are
no less favorable to the Holders of Notes and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens
in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

     27

     

    

  

(b)          do
not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness Refinanced by such Refinancing
Indebtedness;

 

(8)         Liens
securing Acquired Indebtedness Incurred in accordance with Section 3.8 not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation
or contemplation of, the relevant acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided that:

 

(a)          such
Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b)          such
Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property that secured the
Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
and are no more favorable to the lienholders than the Liens securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the Incurrence of such
Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)         purchase
money Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations (or Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof)
not to exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time Incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or leasing
of property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary used in a Permitted Business; provided that:

 

(a)          the
original related Purchase Money Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of such property and is not be secured by any property of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property so acquired or constructed; and

 

(b)          the
original Lien securing such Indebtedness will be created within 180 days of such acquisition;

 

(10)        Liens
securing Indebtedness Incurred under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in an aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) 1.75 times the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the applicable
Four Quarter Period measured as of the date of any Incurrence in reliance on this clause (x) and (y) $325.0 million;

 

(11)        Liens
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 

(12)        survey
exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred
in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially
impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

     28

     

    

 

(13)        Liens
created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note Guarantees);

 

(14)        Liens
arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)        Liens
arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements, or that are contractual rights of set-off,
relating to the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business;

 

(16)        deposits
made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(17)        Liens
securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (7) of Section 6.1(a) so long
as such Liens are adequately bonded;

 

(18)        Liens
(i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii)
attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not
for speculative purposes, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including
the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(19)        Liens
deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 3.8 and clause (5) of the
definition of “Cash Equivalents”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that
are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(20)        Liens
in favor of Cash Management Financial Institutions Incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of business in respect of cash
on deposit pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Cash Management Arrangements”;

 

(21)        any
encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar
arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(22)        the
interests of lessors under operating leases and non-exclusive licensors under license agreements;

 

(23)        Liens
in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
importation of goods;

 

     29

     

    

  

(24)       customary
Liens for the fees, costs and expenses of trustees and escrow agents pursuant to any indenture, escrow agreement or similar agreement
establishing a trust or escrow arrangement so long as such Liens attach only to the trust or escrow account maintained in connection
therewith;

 

(25)       the
right (so long as not exercised) reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority by the terms of any authorization acquired
by the Company or any Subsidiary or by any statutory provision, to terminate any such authorization;

 

(26)       the
reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grants from the Crown; and

 

(27)       Liens
securing Indebtedness (including all Refinancing thereof) not to exceed $40.0 million aggregate principal amount outstanding at
any one time.

 

“Person” means an individual,
partnership, limited partnership, corporation, company, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint
venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Post-Petition Interest”
means all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding (and interest that would
accrue but for the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding) in accordance with and at the contract rate (including,
without limitation, any rate applicable upon default) specified in the agreement or instrument creating, evidencing or governing
any Indebtedness, whether or not, pursuant to applicable law or otherwise, the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in
such insolvency or liquidation proceeding.

 

“Preferred Stock” means,
with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such
Person with respect to dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation. For the avoidance of doubt, “Preferred
Stock” shall not include equity interests of minority holders of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company
by virtue of put and call arrangements or Management Appreciation Interests.

 

“Private Placement Legend”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.7(b).

 

“Pro Forma Adjustment Items”
means, in respect of any Person:

 

(1)         (A)
the Incurrence, repayment or redemption of any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
(Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of the Company), and the application of the net proceeds thereof, including the Incurrence
of any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the application of the net proceeds thereof, giving rise to the need
to make such determination, and (B) the issuance or repurchase of Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of such Person (a Restricted
Subsidiary, in the case of the Company) and the application of the net proceeds thereof;

 

     30

     

    

  

(2)         any
Asset Sale Transaction, Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation by or involving such Person
or any of its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of the Company), including any Asset Sale Transaction, Asset Acquisition,
Investment, merger or consolidation giving rise to the need to make such determination, occurring during the Four Quarter Period
or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to such date of determination, as if such
Asset Sale Transaction, Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation occurred on the first day
of the Four Quarter Period; provided that whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Asset Sale Transaction,
Asset Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation, the pro forma calculations shall be made
or approved in good faith by the principal financial or accounting officer of such Person and, in the case of the Company, may
include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company, to reflect, without duplication, operating expense
reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from any such Asset Sale Transaction, Asset
Acquisition, Investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation within 12 months of the date of any such transaction,
or which have resulted therefrom as of the date of determination; and

 

(3)         in
the case of the Company, without duplication, operating expense reductions reasonably expected to result from any restructuring
or other similar cost-savings program adopted by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company within 12 months of
the date of adoption of such program, or which have resulted therefrom as of the date of determination, including, without limitation,
one-time expenses and operational cost reductions pursuant to an initiated or planned restructuring or similar plan and severance
and related cost-savings for eliminated positions, as approved in good faith by the principal financial or accounting officer of
the Company; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the amount of such operating expense reductions
included in any such pro forma calculation under this clause (3) shall not increase the Consolidated EBITDA of the
Company by more than 10% in the aggregate for any Four Quarter Period.

 

“Purchase Money Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction of any property
other than Capital Stock; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of
the Fair Market Value of such property or such purchase price or cost, including any Refinancing of such Indebtedness that does
not increase the aggregate principal amount (or accreted amount, if less) thereof as of the date of Refinancing.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified
institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock”
means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock and any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire Capital
Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock that are not convertible into or exchangeable into Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

     31

     

    

  

“Rating Agencies” means
Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating publicly available on the Notes, or, in
the case of the definition of “Cash Equivalents,” the relevant security, a nationally recognized statistical rating
agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both,
as the case may be.

 

“Rating Decline” means
the occurrence on any date from and after the date of the public notice by the Company or another Person seeking to effect a transaction
that would be a Change of Control (but for the proviso of the definition of Permitted Holders) until the end of the 30-day period
following such public notice or the abandonment of the proposed transaction (which period shall be extended if the rating of the
Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any Rating Agency at the end of such 30-day period for
so long as such consideration remains in effect) of: (1) a decline in the rating of the Notes by any Rating Agency by at least
one notch in the gradation of the rating scale (e.g., + or – for S&P or 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s) or of the credit
outlook with respect thereto from such Rating Agency’s rating of the Notes; or (2) withdrawal by any Rating Agency of such
Rating Agency’s rating of the Notes.

 

“Record Date” has the meaning
assigned to it in the Form of Face of Note contained in Exhibit A.

 

“Redemption Date” means,
with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect
of any Indebtedness, to issue any Indebtedness in exchange for or to refinance, repay, redeem, replace, defease or refund such
Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have corresponding meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued to Refinance, any other Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary so long as:

 

(1)         the
aggregate principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness as of the date of such proposed
Refinancing does not exceed the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value as of such date, if applicable) of the Indebtedness
being Refinanced (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness
and the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing); or

 

(2)         such
new Indebtedness has:

 

(a)          a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced, and

 

(b)          a
final maturity that is equal to or later than the final maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

     32

     

    

  

(3)         if
the Indebtedness being Refinanced is:

 

(a)          Indebtedness
of the Company, then such Refinancing Indebtedness will be Indebtedness of the Company or a Note Guarantor,

 

(b)          Indebtedness
of a Note Guarantor, then such Refinancing Indebtedness will be Indebtedness of the Company and/or such Note Guarantor, and

 

(c)          Subordinated
Indebtedness, then such Refinancing Indebtedness will be subordinate to the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, if applicable,
at least to the same extent and in the same manner as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

 

“Registrar” has the meaning
assigned to it in Section 2.3(a).

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation
S under the Securities Act or any successor regulation.

 

“Regulation S Global Note”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(e).

 

“Regulation S Permanent Global Note”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(e).

 

“Regulation S Temporary Global Note”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(e).

 

“Reimbursement Payment”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.22(b).

 

“Resale Restriction Termination Date”
means for any Restricted Note (or beneficial interest therein), other than a Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall not
have a Resale Restriction Termination Date and shall remain subject to the transfer restrictions specified therefor in this Indenture
until such Global Note is cancelled by the Trustee, that is (a) not a Regulation S Global Note, the date which is one year after
the last date of original issuance of Notes (including Additional Notes) (or such later date that is 90 days after the relevant
Holder ceases to be an affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 144)) and (b) a Regulation S Global Note (or Certificated
Note issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.6(c)) (other than a Regulation S Temporary Global Note), the date on
which the Distribution Compliance Period therefor terminates.

 

“Restricted Note” means
(a) any Regulation S Temporary Global Note (or beneficial interest therein) or any Certificated Note issued in respect thereof
pursuant to Section 2.6(c) at any time and (b) any Issue Date Note (or beneficial interest therein) or any Additional Note
(or beneficial interest therein) not originally issued and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act other than, in each case, a Regulation S Permanent Global Note until, in the case of clause (b), such time as, in the case
of a Regulation S Global Note (or Certificated Note issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.6(c)), the expiration
of the Distribution Compliance Period therefor.

 

     33

     

    

  

“Restricted Payment” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.10(a).

 

“Restricted Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Reversion Date” means,
in respect of any Covenant Suspension Date, the first date following which one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment
Grade Rating on the Notes or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating.

 

“Revocation” has the meaning
assigned to it in Section 3.19(d).

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144
under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

 

“Rule 144A” means
Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

 

“Rule 144A Global Note”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(d).

 

“S&P” means Standard
& Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction”
means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date
or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or
to any other Person by whom funds have been or are to be advanced on the security of such property.

 

“Second Change of Control Payment
Date” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.21(f).

 

“Securities Act” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

 

“Senior Indebtedness” means
the Notes and the Note Guarantees and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Note Guarantor which ranks equal in right of
payment with the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, as the case may be.

 

“Significant Subsidiary”
means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, which together with its Subsidiaries, constitutes a “Significant Subsidiary”
of the Company in accordance with Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act in effect on the date hereof.

 

“Special Record Date” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.13(a).

 

“Stated Maturity” means,
with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing
for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency
has occurred).

 

     34

     

    

  

“Subordinated Indebtedness”
means, with respect to the Company or any Note Guarantor, any Indebtedness of the Company or such Note Guarantor, as the case may
be, which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, as the case may be.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person, another Person consolidated as a subsidiary on the consolidated financial statements of such Person in accordance
with GAAP (it being understood that making a Person part of a discontinued operation does not cause it to cease to be consolidated
as a subsidiary for purposes of this definition); provided that, in the case of the Company, Hello Design LLC shall constitute
a Subsidiary so long as the Company owns directly or indirectly at least 40% of the total economic and voting power of its Capital
Stock.

 

“Successor Company” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.1(a).

 

“Suspended Covenants” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.23(a).

 

“Suspension Period” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.23(a).

 

“Taxes” has the meaning
assigned to it in Section 3.22(a).

 

“Taxing Authority” has
the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.22(a).

 

“TIA” or “Trust
Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except
as otherwise provided in this Indenture).

 

“Treasury Rate” has the
meaning assigned to it in Section 5(b) of the Form of Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A.

 

“Trustee” means the party
named as such in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

“Trust Officer” means,
when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit (or any successor
division or unit) of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, who shall have direct responsibility for
the administration of this Indenture, and for purposes of Section 7.1(c)(2) and the second sentence of Section 7.5
shall also include any officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge
of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code”
means the Uniform Commercial Code, or any successor code or statute, as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

 

     35

     

    

  

“Unrestricted Subsidiary”
means (a) KBS+P Ventures LLC and Walker Brook Capital LLC and (b) any other Subsidiary of the Company Designated as such pursuant
to Section 3.19.

 

“U.S. Dollar Equivalent”
means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount
of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for
the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange
Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations”
means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States (including
any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged and which
are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

 

“U.S. Legal Tender” means
such coin or currency of the United States, as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private
debts.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S.
Person as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Voting Stock” means, with
respect to any Person, securities of any class of Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times
or only so long as no senior class of stock has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of
the Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity”
means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) obtained by dividing:

 

(1)         the
then outstanding aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, as the case may be, of such Indebtedness into

 

(2)         the
sum of the products obtained by multiplying:

 

(a)          the
amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal or liquidation
preference, as the case may be, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by

 

(b)          the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary (Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of the Company) of such Person of which all
of the outstanding Capital Stock (other than in the case of a Subsidiary not organized in the United States, directors’ qualifying
shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person
or any other Person that satisfies this definition in respect of such Person.

 

     36

     

    

  

Section 1.2           Inapplicability
of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

No provisions of the Trust Indenture Act are
incorporated by reference in or made a part of this Indenture unless explictly incorporated by reference. Unless specifically provided
in this Indenture, no terms that are defined under the Trust Indenture Act have such meanings for purposes of this Indenture.

 

Section 1.3           Rules
of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)         a
term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)         an
accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)         “or”
is not exclusive;

 

(4)         “including”
means including without limitation;

 

(5)         words
in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(6)         references
to “shall” and “will” are intended to have the same meaning;

 

(7)         unless
the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers
to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

 

(8)         the
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture
as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

 

(9)         references
to the payment of principal of the Notes shall include Applicable Premium, if any; and

 

(10)        references
to payments on the Notes (including payments in connection with optional redemptions or mandatory offers to repurchase) shall include
Additional Amounts, if any.

 

Article
II

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.1           Form
and Dating. (a)  The Issue Date Notes are being originally offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement, dated March 18, 2016, among the Company, the Note Guarantors party hereto and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as representative
of the several Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto, as Purchasers, with respect to the Notes. The Notes will initially be issued
as one or more Global Notes in fully registered form without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single Note for all purposes under this Indenture. Certificated
Notes, if issued pursuant to the terms hereof, will be issued in fully registered certificated form without coupons. The Notes
may only be issued in definitive fully registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto.

 

     37

     

    

  

(b)         The
terms and provisions of the Notes, the form of which is in Exhibit A, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made,
a part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and
delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Except as otherwise expressly
permitted in this Indenture, all Notes (including Additional Notes) shall be identical in all respects. Notwithstanding any differences
among them, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and are otherwise
treated as a single issue of securities.

 

(c)         The
Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements as specified in Section 2.7 or as otherwise required by law, stock
exchange rule or DTC rule or usage. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or
endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

(d)         Notes
originally offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S will
be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes (each, a “Rule 144A Global Note”).

 

(e)         Notes
originally offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S will be issued in the form of one or more
temporary Global Notes (each, a “Regulation S Temporary Global Note”). Each Regulation S Temporary Global
Note shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Note Custodian and registered in
the name of DTC or its nominee, for credit to the accounts maintained at DTC by or on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. In no
event shall any Person hold an interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note other than in or through accounts maintained at
DTC by or on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. An interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchangeable
for an interest in a permanent Global Note (a “Regulation S Permanent Global Note”, and, together with
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, a “Regulation S Global Note”) on or after the expiration of
the Distribution Compliance Period upon receipt by the Registrar of an Officers’ Certificate from the Company certifying
that it has received certification of non-U.S. beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation
S Temporary Global Note in form and substance satisfactory to it (a “Non-U.S. Beneficial Ownership Certification”)
(except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Distribution Compliance Period
pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest
in a Rule 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.8(b) hereof).

 

     38

     

    

  

Upon receipt by the Registrar of an Officers’
Certificate from the Company pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall remove the legend set forth in Section 2.7(c)
and Exhibit A from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, following which temporary beneficial interests in the Regulation
S Temporary Global Note shall automatically become beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the
Applicable Procedures. If no beneficial interests are held in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note on or after the expiration
of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Trustee shall remove the legend set forth in Section 2.7(c) and Exhibit A
from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

 

The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation
S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments
made on the records of the Trustee and DTC or other depositary, or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers
of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

Section 2.2           Execution
and Authentication. (a) Two Officers of the Company, one of whom shall be the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Accounting Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates
the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

(b)          A
Note shall not be valid until manually authenticated by an authorized signatory of the Trustee or an agent appointed by the Trustee
(and reasonably acceptable to the Company) for such purpose (an “Authenticating Agent”). The signature of an
authorized signatory of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly
and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. Unless limited by the terms of its appointment, an Authenticating Agent
may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by an Authenticating Agent.

 

(c)          At
any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery Notes upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (the “Company Order”).
A Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is
to be authenticated.

 

(d)          In
case a Successor Company has executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any
of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of the Successor Company,
be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the Successor Company with such changes in phraseology and form as may be
appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee,
upon Company Order of the Successor Company, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of
such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Successor Company pursuant to this
Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such Successor Company,
at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for
Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

     39

     

    

  

Section 2.3           Registrar
and Paying Agent. (a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, where Notes
may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), where Notes
may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and for the service of notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture, which office can be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Note Register”). The Company may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one
or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

(b)          The
Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement or agreements with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar not a party
to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall
notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the
Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company,
any of its Affiliates or any Note Guarantor may act as Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

(c)          The
Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company as required
by Section 2.3(a) and appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of demands and notices in connection
with the Notes and this Indenture, until such time as another Person is appointed as such.

 

Section 2.4           Paying
Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that
such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company or any Note Guarantor
in making any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money
held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than
the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying
with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company, any of its Affiliates or a Note Guarantor) shall have
no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to the Company,
any of its Affiliates or a Note Guarantor, if the Company, such Affiliate or a Note Guarantor is then acting as Paying
Agent, the Trustee shall replace the Company, such Affiliate or such Note Guarantor as Paying Agent.

 

Section 2.5           Holder
Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of
the names and addresses of Holders. At any time that the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee,
in writing at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing,
a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

     40

     

    

  

Section 2.6           Global
Note Provisions.

 

(a)          Each
Global Note initially shall: (i) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (ii) be delivered to the Note
Custodian and (iii) bear the appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.7 and Exhibit A. Any Global
Note may be represented by one or more certificates. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Note Custodian, as provided in this Indenture.

 

(b)          Except
as provided in Section 2.6(c)(iii), members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have
no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Note Custodian, and DTC may
be treated by the Company, any Note Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Custodian, the Registrar and any of their
respective agents as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall (i) prevent the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Custodian, the Registrar or any of their respective
agents from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or (ii) impair, as between
DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial
interest in any Global Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including
DTC or its nominee, Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the
Registrar shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner in a Global Note, an Agent Member or other Person
with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or other depositary or its nominee or of any Agent Member, with respect to any
ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than
DTC or other depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect
to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes
and this Indenture shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or other depositary
or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in a Global Note shall be exercised only through
DTC or other depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled
to rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC or other depositary with respect to its members,
participants and any beneficial owners. The Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled to deal with DTC or other
depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the registered Holder of any Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating
to such Global Note (including the payment of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on the
Notes and the giving of instructions or directions by or to the owner or holder of a beneficial ownership interest in such Global
Note) as the sole Holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the beneficial owners thereof. None of the Trustee,
the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any acts or omissions of DTC or other depositary
with respect to such Global Note, for the records of any such depositary, including records in respect of beneficial ownership
interests in respect of any such Global Note, for any transactions between DTC or other depositary and any Agent Member or between
or among DTC or other depositary, any such Agent Member and/or any holder or owner of a beneficial interest in such Global Note,
or for any transfers of beneficial interests in any such Global Note.

 

     41

     

    

  

(c)          Except
as provided below in this Section 2.6(c), owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive
Certificated Notes in exchange for such beneficial interests.

 

(i)          Certificated
Notes shall be issued to all owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note in exchange for such beneficial interests if (A) DTC
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or (B) DTC ceases to be a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and
in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice; provided, however,
that in no event shall a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note receive Certificated Notes in
exchange for such beneficial interest prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period therefor and receipt by the
Registrar of a Non-U.S. Beneficial Ownership Certification with respect to such holder. In connection with the exchange of an entire
Global Note for Certificated Notes pursuant to this clause (i) of this Section 2.6(c), such Global Note shall be deemed
to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note,
an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations, and the Registrar shall register such exchanges
in the Note Register.

 

(ii)         The
owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will be entitled to receive Certificated Notes in exchange for such interest if
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, however, that in no event shall a holder of a beneficial
interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note receive Certificated Notes in exchange for such beneficial interest prior to the
expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period therefor and receipt by the Registrar of a Non-U.S. Beneficial Ownership Certification
with respect to such holder. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions
from Agent Members on behalf the owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note directing the Registrar to exchange such beneficial
owner’s beneficial interest in such Global Note for Certificated Notes, subject to and in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures, the Company shall promptly execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery
to such beneficial owner, Certificated Notes in a principal amount equal to such beneficial interest in such Global Note.

 

(iii)        If
(x) an event described in Section 2.6(c)(i)(A) or Section 2.6(c)(i)(B) occurs and Certificated Notes are not issued
promptly to all beneficial owners or (y) the Registrar receives from a beneficial owner the instructions described in Section
2.6(c)(ii) and Certificated Notes are not issued promptly to any such beneficial owner, the Company expressly acknowledges,
with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.6, the right of any beneficial owner of
Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes
as if such Certificated Notes had been issued.

 

     42

     

    

  

Section 2.7           Legends.

 

(a)          Each
Global Note shall bear the legend specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof.

 

(b)          Each
Restricted Note shall bear the private placement legend specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof (the “Private
Placement Legend”).

 

(c)          Each
Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear the legend specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof.

 

Section 2.8           Transfer
and Exchange.

 

(a)          Transfers
of Beneficial Interests in a Rule 144A Global Note.  If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global
Note that is a Restricted Note wishes to transfer such interest (or portion thereof) to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to Regulation S:

 

(A)         upon
receipt by the Registrar of:

 

(1)         instructions
from an Agent Member given to DTC in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC to credit or cause to be credited
a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, in the case of a transfer made prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note in the case of a transfer made after the expiration of
the Distribution Compliance Period, in either case, in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest
to be transferred,

 

(2)         instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase,
and

 

(3)         a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B duly executed by the Rule 144A transferor;

 

(B)         the
Note Custodian shall increase the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as the case may
be, and decrease the Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the foregoing, and the Registrar shall register the transfer in the
Note Register.

 

(b)          Transfers
of Beneficial Interests in a Regulation S Global Note. Subject to the Applicable Procedures, the following provisions
shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note that is a Restricted Note.

 

     43

     

    

  

(i)          If
the owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note that is a Restricted Note wishes to transfer such interest (or
a portion thereof) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A:

 

(A)         upon
receipt by the Note Custodian and Registrar of:

 

(1)         instructions
from an Agent Member given to DTC in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing DTC to credit or cause to be credited
a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest being transferred,

 

(2)         instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase,
and

 

(3)        a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B duly executed by the transferor;

 

(B)         the
Note Custodian shall increase the Rule 144A Global Note and decrease the Regulation S Global Note in accordance with the foregoing,
and the Registrar shall register the transfer in the Note Register.

 

(ii)         No
interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note except
pursuant to Section 2.1(e).

 

(c)          Other
Transfers. Any transfer of Restricted Notes (including Certificated Notes) not described above (other than a transfer of a
beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial
interest in another Global Note, which must be effected in accordance with applicable law and the Applicable Procedures, but is
not subject to any procedure required by this Indenture) shall be made only upon receipt by the Registrar of such opinions of counsel,
certificates and such other evidence reasonably required by and satisfactory to it in order to ensure compliance with the Securities
Act or in accordance with Section 2.8(d).

 

(d)          Use
and Removal of Private Placement Legends. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a
Global Note) not bearing (or not required to bear upon such transfer, exchange or replacement) a Private Placement Legend, the
Note Custodian and Registrar shall, at the request of the relevant Holder, exchange such Notes (or beneficial interests) for beneficial
interests in a Global Note (or Certificated Notes if they have been issued pursuant to Section 2.6(c)) that does not bear
a Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) bearing
a Private Placement Legend, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall deliver only Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note)
that bear a Private Placement Legend unless:

 

(i)          such
Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 upon delivery to the Registrar of a certificate of the
transferor in the form of Exhibit C and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company; or

 

     44

     

    

  

(ii)         such
Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred, replaced or exchanged after the Resale Restriction Termination Date therefor;
or

 

(iii)        such
transfer, exchange or replacement occurs prior to the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date and the Registrar shall have
received an Opinion of Counsel, certificates and such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar to
the effect that neither such Private Placement Legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain
compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(e)          [reserved].

 

(f)          Retention
of Documents. The Registrar and the Trustee shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received
pursuant to this Article II. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or
other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar or the Trustee,
as the case may be.

 

(g)          General
Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i)          Subject
to the other provisions of this Section 2.8, when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request
to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations,
the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction
are met; provided that any Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed
or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(ii)         To
permit registrations of transfers and exchanges and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, the
Company will execute and, upon Company Order, the Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery Certificated Notes
and Global Notes, as applicable, at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request.

 

(iii)        No
service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than
any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable pursuant to Section 3.12, 3.21, 5.1
or 9.5).

 

(iv)        The
Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (x) any Note for a period beginning
(1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the
day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date and (y) any Note selected
for repurchase or redemption, except the unrepurchased or unredeemed portion thereof, if any.

 

     45

     

    

  

(v)         Prior
to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or
any co-Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose
of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note
is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar or the Note Custodian shall
be affected by notice to the contrary. The Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall treat the Holder of a Global Note as
the absolute owner of such Global Note for the purpose of receiving payment of and interest on such Global Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Global Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vi)        All
Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(vii)       Subject
to Section 2.7 and this Section 2.8, in connection with the exchange of a portion of a Certificated Note for a beneficial
interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Certificated Note, and the Company shall execute, and upon Company Order
the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the exchanging Holder, a new Certificated Note representing the
principal amount not so exchanged.

 

(viii)      Neither
the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions
on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including
any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required
by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements
hereof.

 

Section 2.9           No
Obligation of the Trustee. (a) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of an interest
in a Global Note, Agent Members or any other Persons with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of Agent
Members, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member, beneficial owner
or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of
any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the
Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the
registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global
Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall
be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its Agent Members and any beneficial owners.

 

     46

     

    

  

(b)          The
Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed
under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers
between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and
other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Section 2.10         Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims
that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery a replacement Note for such mutilated, lost or stolen Note, of like tenor and principal
amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding if:

 

(i)          the
requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met,

 

(ii)         the
Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee, and

 

(iii)        neither
the Company nor the Trustee has received notice that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser.

 

If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall
furnish an affidavit of loss and indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company,
the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, any co-Registrar and the Note Custodian from any loss that any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced.

 

(b)          Upon
the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.10, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses
of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

(c)          Every
new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in exchange for any mutilated Note, or in lieu of any destroyed, lost
or stolen Note, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, any Note Guarantor and any other
obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone,
and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.11         Temporary
Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will authenticate
and make available for delivery temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may
have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare
and execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery definitive Notes. After the preparation
of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any
office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender
for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company will execute and upon Company Order the Trustee will authenticate
and make available for delivery in exchange therefor one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.
Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
a Holder of definitive Notes.

 

     47

     

    

  

Section 2.12         Cancellation.
The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to
the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall
cancel and dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its policy of disposal or return to the Company all Notes surrendered
for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid
or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange upon Company Order.

 

Section 2.13         Defaulted
Interest. When any installment of interest on Notes becomes Defaulted Interest, such installment shall forthwith cease to be
payable to the Holders in whose names the Notes were registered on the Record Date applicable to such installment of interest.
Defaulted Interest (including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) shall be paid by the Company, at its elections, as provided
in clause (a) or (b) below.

 

(a)          The
Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest (including any interest payable on such Defaulted Interest) to the
Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted
Interest (a “Special Record Date”), which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same
time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect
of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided
in this Section 2.13(a). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest,
which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten
days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such
Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted
Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be sent, first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s
address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment
of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall
be paid to the Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no
longer be payable pursuant to Section 2.13(b); or

 

     48

     

    

  

(b)          The
Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest (including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) in any other lawful manner
not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may
be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section
2.13(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. The Trustee shall in the name and at the expense
of the Company cause prompt notice of the proposed payment and the date thereof to be sent, first-class mail, postage prepaid,
to each Holder at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register.

 

Section 2.14         Additional
Notes. (a) The Company may, from time to time, subject to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture,
without the consent of the Holders, create and issue pursuant to this Indenture Additional Notes that shall have terms and conditions
identical to those of the other Outstanding Notes, except with respect to:

 

(i)          the
issue date;

 

(ii)         the
issue price;

 

(iii)        the
first interest payment date;

 

(iv)        the
first date from which interest will accrue; and

 

(v)         any
adjustments necessary in order to conform to and ensure compliance with the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws),
which are not adverse in any material respect to the Holder of any Outstanding Notes (other than such Additional Notes).

 

The Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that the Company will use a separate
CUSIP number for any Additional Notes that are not part of the same “issue” as the original Notes within the meaning
of U.S. Treasury Regulations sections 1.1275-1(f) or 1.1275-2(k) and have, for purposes of U.S. federal income taxation, more than
a de minimis amount of original issue discount as of the date of the issue of such Additional Notes and may use a separate CUSIP
for Additional Notes to the extent necessary to comply with securities or tax law requirements.

 

(b)         With
respect to any Additional Notes, the Company will set forth in an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to a resolution of the Board
of Directors of the Company (the “Additional Note Board Resolutions”), copies of which will be delivered to
the Trustee, the following information:

 

(i)          the
aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(ii)         the
issue date and the issue price of such Additional Notes; provided that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that
would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the
Code, unless such Additional Notes have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number from other Notes; and

 

     49

     

    

  

(iii)        whether
such Additional Notes will be subject to transfer restrictions under the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws).

 

Section 2.15         CUSIP/ISIN
Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers (if then generally in use), and,
if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP, ISIN or such other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders;
provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will
promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers.

 

Article
III

COVENANTS

 

Section 3.1           Payment
of Notes. (a)  The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including Defaulted Interest) on the Notes in
U.S. Legal Tender on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City
time, on each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available
funds U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to make cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.
If the Company, a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, the Company, such Note Guarantor or
such Affiliate shall, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity Date, segregate and
hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to make cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case
may be. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent (other
than the Company, a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company) holds in accordance with this Indenture U.S. Legal Tender designated
for and sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited
from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

Section 3.2           Maintenance
of Office or Agency. (a)  The Company shall maintain each office or agency required under Section 2.3.
The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

     50

     

    

  

(b)          The
Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of New York City) where the Notes
may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office
or agency in New York City for such purposes (which office can be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee). The Company will
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other
office or agency.

 

Section 3.3           Corporate
Existence. Subject to Article IV, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and
keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

 

Section 3.4           Payment
of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become
delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary or for which it or any of them are otherwise liable, or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a liability
or Lien upon the property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability
or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the
good faith judgment of management of the Company), is being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such
payment will not be disadvantageous to the Holders.

 

Section 3.5           Compliance
Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’
Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company or the Note
Guarantors, as the case may be, they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signers
know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default
or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company or the Note Guarantors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 3.6           Further
Instruments and Acts. The Company and each Note Guarantor will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further
acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.7           Waiver
of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company and each Note Guarantor covenant (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law) that they will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law or any usury law, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture. The Company and each Note Guarantor hereby expressly waive (to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law) all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.

 

     51

     

    

  

Section 3.8           Limitation
on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness.

 

(a)         The
Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness,
including Acquired Indebtedness, nor cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue Preferred Stock, except that:

 

(1)         the
Company and any Note Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Indebtedness, and a Note Guarantor may issue Preferred
Stock, and

 

(2)         any
Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of,
the relevant acquisition, merger or consolidation, if, at the time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to the
Incurrence thereof and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company is not greater
than 4.25 to 1.0.

 

(b)        Notwithstanding
paragraph (a) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, at any time, may Incur the following Indebtedness
(“Permitted Indebtedness”):

 

(1)         Indebtedness
in respect of the Notes (including any Note Guarantee in respect thereof) (excluding Additional Notes);

 

(2)         Guarantees
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture;
provided that, if such Guarantee is made by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary
would be permitted to Incur such Indebtedness as a primary obligor; provided further that, if any such Guarantee
is of Subordinated Indebtedness, then the Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor will be senior to such Note Guarantor’s Guarantee
of such Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

(3)         Indebtedness
Incurred (1) by the Company or any Note Guarantor pursuant to the Bank Credit Facility (including any Guarantees in respect thereof)
and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder and (2) by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to one or more additional revolving credit facilities (including any Guarantees in respect thereof) permitted
under the Bank Credit Facility, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) 1.75
times the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the applicable Four Quarter Period as of the date of determination and (y) $325.0
million, less the amount of any permanent repayments or reductions of commitments in respect of such Indebtedness made with
the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale in order to comply with the provisions of Section 3.12; provided that the
aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under clause (2) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Guarantors shall
not exceed $25.0 million;

 

     52

     

    

  

(4)         other
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date other than Indebtedness under the Bank
Credit Facility or otherwise specified under any of the other clauses of this Section 3.8(b);

 

(5)         Indebtedness
(A) in respect of performance, bid, completion, surety or appeal bonds provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business or (B) under Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes;

 

(6)         (A)
intercompany Indebtedness between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
that:

 

(i)          if
the Company or any Note Guarantor is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor,
such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full of all obligations under the Notes and this Indenture,
in the case of the Company, or such Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, in the case of any such Note Guarantor, and

 

(ii)         in
the event that at any time any such Indebtedness ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, such Indebtedness
will be deemed to be Incurred and not permitted by this clause (6) at the time such event occurs; or

 

(B) issuance of Preferred Stock
(i) by a Note Guarantor to the Company or another Note Guarantor or (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the event such Preferred Stock is no longer held by the Company
or a Note Guarantor, in the case of subclause (i), or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of subclause (ii),
such Preferred Stock will be deemed to be not permitted by this clause (6)(B) at the time such Preferred Stock is no longer held
as provided in this clause (6)(B);

 

(7)         Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently (including daylight overdrafts paid in full by the close of business on the day such
overdraft was Incurred) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)         Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect of:

 

(i)          Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) Incurred pursuant to Section 3.8(a) (it being
understood that no Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date is Incurred pursuant to Section 3.8(a)); or

 

(ii)         Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to clause (1) or (4) above (excluding Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date deemed to be Incurred under
clause (3) above or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) or this clause (8);

 

     53

     

    

  

(9)         Indebtedness
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments
or Obligations issued in the ordinary course of business and not under a Bank Credit Facility, including letters of credit in respect
of workers’ compensation claims or other Indebtedness Incurred with respect to reimbursement-type Obligations regarding workers’
compensation claims and other similar legislation;

 

(10)        Capitalized
Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred after the Issue Date in
an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance
or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), not to exceed $25.0 million;

 

(11)        Indebtedness
arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price,
earn outs or similar Obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets
or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets
or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect
of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with such disposition;

 

(12)        Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Bank Credit Facility,
in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(13)        customer
deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services purchased in the
ordinary course of business;

 

(14)        any
performance-based forgivable loans granted to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for any current or new facility established
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, Incurred after the Issue Date for the purpose of providing customer
care services, including, but not limited to, in-bound and outbound customer care service, database marketing, analytical services
related to customer relationship management and other related activities, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed $10.0 million;

 

(15)        Indebtedness
Incurred by the Company in the ordinary course of business owed to a Cash Management Financial Institution in respect of overdraft
facilities Incurred in accordance with clause (c) of the definition of “Cash Management Arrangements”;

 

     54

     

    

  

(16)        (A)
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, for which no cash or non-cash interest is payable or accrues (in which
case only such portion constituting interest shall be excluded from this clause (16), constituting deferred consideration payable
to the Person(s) selling the relevant business Incurred pursuant to an agreement for an Asset Acquisition included in clause (1)
or (2) of the definition thereof: (i) that occurred prior to the Issue Date or (ii) if occurring on or after the Issue Date, for
which the deferred consideration is or became payable based on an earn-out or similar formula tied to the profitability or other
future performance of such business and (B) any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete or similar
obligation incurred pursuant to an agreement for an Asset Acquisition included in clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof;

 

(17)        (A)
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred after the Issue Date, including all Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and (B) the issuance of Preferred
Stock by any Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness described in clause (A) and an amount
equal to the aggregate liquidation preference or aggregate maximum fixed repurchase price, whichever is greater, of such Preferred
Stock described in clause (B), collectively, not to exceed $40.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding (which amount,
in the case of clause (A), may, but need not, be Incurred in whole or in part under the Bank Credit Facility);

 

(18)        Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company or any Note Guarantor with a maturity date at least one year later, and a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity at least one year longer, than the Notes, including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace
any Subordinated Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (18), in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed $200.0 million; and

 

(19)        Indebtedness
owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, so long
as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the
cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such
year.

 

(c)          For
purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant
to and in compliance with, this Section 3.8:

 

(1)         The
amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability
in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

     55

     

    

  

(2)         The
accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of regularly scheduled interest or dividends
in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Disqualified Capital
Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with the
same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 3.8; provided
that any such outstanding additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock or Preferred Stock paid in respect of Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to any provision of Section 3.8(b) will be counted as Indebtedness outstanding thereunder for purposes
of any future Incurrence under such provision;

 

(3)         Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock permitted under this Section 3.8 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting
such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions
of this Section 3.8 permitting such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock;

 

(4)         In
the event that Indebtedness or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the clauses of Section 3.8(b), or
is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.8(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify
such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section
3.8. In addition, any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (or portion thereof) originally classified as Incurred pursuant to Section
3.8(a) or any clause of Section 3.8(b) may later be reclassified by the Company, in its sole discretion, such that it
will be deemed to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.8(a) or another of such clauses of Section 3.8(b) to the extent that
such reclassified Indebtedness or Preferred Stock could be Incurred pursuant to such Section 3.8(a) or other clause of Section
3.8(b) at the time of such reclassification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facility outstanding
on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided in clause (3) of Section
3.8(b) and may not be reclassified;

 

(5)         For
purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar
Equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of
revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed
not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount
of such Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

 

(6)         Any
Person that becomes a Note Guarantor as specified in Section 10.7 shall be deemed a Note Guarantor for the purposes of this
Section 3.8.

 

     56

     

    

  

Section 3.9           Limitation
on Layered Indebtedness.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit
any Note Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness,
unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or, in the case of a Note Guarantor, its Note
Guarantee, to the same extent and on the same terms as such Indebtedness is subordinate to such other Indebtedness; provided,
however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness
of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

Section 3.10         Limitation
on Restricted Payments.

 

(a)          The
Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following
actions (each, a “Restricted Payment”):

 

(I)         declare
or pay any dividend or return of capital or make any distribution on or in respect of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary to holders of such Capital Stock, other than:

 

(A)         dividends
or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,

 

(B)         dividends
or distributions payable to the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(C)         dividends,
distributions or returns of capital made on a pro rata basis to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one
hand, and minority holders of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, on the other hand (or on less than a pro rata basis
to any minority holder or on greater than a pro rata basis to any minority holder to cure (and solely to the extent of)
any shortfall distribution amount in pro rata distributions payable to such minority holder arising as a result of priority
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from the prior years pursuant to such Restricted Subsidiary’s
limited liability company or similar agreement);

 

(II)        purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Management Appreciation Interests;

 

(III)       make
any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled
final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, as the case may be, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other
than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent permitted under clause
(6) of Section 3.8(b)); or

 

(IV)        make
any Investment (other than Permitted Investments);

 

     57

     

    

  

if at the time of the Restricted Payment immediately after giving
effect thereto:

 

(1)         a
Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)         the
Company is not able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.8(a); or

 

(3)         the
aggregate amount (the amount expended for these purposes, if other than in cash, being the Fair Market Value of the relevant property)
of the proposed Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date up to the date thereof,
less any Investment Return calculated as of the date thereof, shall exceed the sum of:

 

(A)         the
excess (or deficit) of:

 

(i)          the
cumulative Consolidated EBITDA of the Company over (or under),

 

(ii)         1.4
times the cumulative Consolidated Net Interest Expense of the Company,

 

accrued during the period, treated as one accounting
period, beginning on January 1, 2016 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which consolidated financial information
of the Company is available; plus

 

(B)         $90.0
million; plus

 

(C)
        100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person
from any:

 

(i)          contribution
to the equity capital of the Company not representing an interest in Disqualified Capital Stock or issuance and sale of Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date, or

 

(ii)         issuance
and sale subsequent to the Issue Date (and, in the case of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary, at such time as it was a Restricted
Subsidiary) of any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or
exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,

 

excluding, in each case, any net
cash proceeds:

 

		(x)	received from a Subsidiary of the Company,

 

		(y)	received from employees, former employees, directors
or consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent applied pursuant to clause (4) of Section 3.10(b)
or funded by advances pursuant to clause (11)(B) or (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, or

 

     58

     

    

  

(z)          applied
in accordance with clause (2) or (3) of Section 3.10(b).

 

(b)         Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 3.10(a), this Section 3.10 does not prohibit:

 

(1)         the
payment of any dividend (including any dividend on Disqualified Capital Stock) within 60 days after the date of declaration of
such dividend if the dividend would have been permitted on the date of declaration pursuant to the preceding paragraph;

 

(2)         the
acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company:

 

(A)         in
exchange for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or

 

(B)         through
the application of the net cash proceeds received by the Company from a substantially concurrent sale of Qualified Capital Stock
of the Company or a contribution to the equity capital of the Company not representing an interest in Disqualified Capital Stock,
in each case not received from a Subsidiary of the Company;

 

provided that the value of any such Qualified
Capital Stock issued in exchange for such acquired Capital Stock and any such net cash proceeds will be excluded from clause (3)(C)
of Section 3.10(a) (and were not included therein at any time);

 

(3)         the
voluntary prepayment, purchase, defeasance, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness
solely in exchange for, or through the application of net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary
of the Company, of:

 

(A)         Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company, or

 

(B)         Refinancing
Indebtedness for such Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

provided that the value of any Qualified Capital
Stock issued in exchange for Subordinated Indebtedness and any net cash proceeds referred to above will be excluded from clause
(3)(C) of Section 3.10(a) (and were not included therein at any time);

 

(4)         if
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any (i) purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other
acquisition for value of Capital Stock (including Management Appreciation Interests) from employees, former employees, directors
or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or consultants)
or (ii) distributions on or in respect of Management Appreciation Interests, in an aggregate amount (i) not to exceed $17.5 million
in any calendar year plus (ii) the amount in any calendar year equal to the net cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries
that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent net cash proceeds from the sale of such Qualified Capital Stock have not otherwise
been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments; provided that (x) unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried
over to succeeding calendar years and (y) cancellation of Indebtedness borrowed from the Company by employees, members of management,
directors or consultants of the Company, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in lieu of cash payment for Qualified Capital Stock
of the Company, to effect a repurchase of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted
Payment for purposes of this Section 3.10 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

     59

     

    

  

(5)         the
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.8 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition
of “Consolidated Net Interest Expense”;

 

(6)         any
non-cash purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock of the Company deemed to
occur upon exercise of options, warrants or other securities, if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price
of such options, warrants or other securities;

 

(7)         cash
payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million since the Issue Date;

 

(8)         the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions
similar to those described in Section 3.12 and Section 3.21; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders
of such Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed
or acquired for value;

 

(9)         any
purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Stock from employees, former employees,
directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors
or consultants) to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations of employees, former employees, directors or consultants
of the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition
for value is permitted pursuant to the underlying equity incentive plan or restricted stock or restricted stock unit grant;

 

(10)        if
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s
Common Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) in an amount for any fiscal year up to the product of: (i) $0.84 and (ii)
the number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock (including unvested restricted shares and/or shares included in restricted
stock units granted pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan or any successor plan, but excluding any shares issued
in a stock split or similar transaction);

 

     60

     

    

  

(11) any repurchase of Management
Appreciation Interests for fair value to the extent such Management Appreciation Interests represent economic interests in a Restricted
Subsidiary retained by its owners at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

(12) other Restricted Payments
taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) not to exceed $40.0 million in the aggregate.

 

In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted
Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date, amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1) (without duplication for the declaration
of the relevant dividend), (7) and (10) above will be included in such calculation and amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2)
through (6), (8), (9), (11) and (12) will not be included in such calculation.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with
this Section 3.10, in the event that a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment meets the criteria for more than one of
the types of Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments described in this Section 3.10 or the definitions related thereto,
the Company, in its sole discretion, will be permitted to classify such items (or portion thereof) in any matter that complies
with this Section 3.10. In addition, the Company will, in its sole discretion, be permitted from time to time to reclassify
(based on circumstances existing at the time of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment (or portion
thereof) such that it will be deemed to apply pursuant to any of such other clauses or definitions of this Section 3.10
to the extent it could be made pursuant to such other clause or definition at the time of such reclassification.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other
than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred
or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

 

Section 3.11         Limitation
on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          Except
as provided in Section 3.11(b) below, the Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)         pay
dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
which it is a Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of which it is a Subsidiary;

 

(2)         make
loans or advances to, or Guarantee any Indebtedness or other obligations of, or make any Investment in, the Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary of which it is a Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed
to be a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

     61

     

    

  

(3)         transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

(b)          The
provisions of Section 3.11(a) above will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)         applicable
law, rule, regulation, order or governmental license, permit or concession;

 

(2)         this
Indenture;

 

(3)         any
agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Bank Credit Facility and the related documentation and Hedging
Obligations;

 

(4)         customary
non-assignment provisions of any contract and customary provisions restricting assignment or subletting in any lease governing
a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any customary restriction on the ability of a Restricted Subsidiary to dividend,
distribute or otherwise transfer any asset which secures Indebtedness secured by a Lien, in each case permitted to be Incurred
under this Indenture;

 

(5)         in
respect of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (other than an encumbrance
related to Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such acquisition), which encumbrance
or restriction is outstanding on the date of such acquisition and is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets
of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

 

(6)         restrictions
with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such restrictions apply
solely to the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary being sold;

 

(7)         customary
restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials;

 

(8)         restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by clients under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, including
cash paid to any Subsidiary as an advance for media or production expenses;

 

(9)         customary
provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture; or

 

     62

     

    

  

(10)        an
agreement governing Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance Indebtedness issued, assumed or Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred
to in clause (2), (3) or (5) of this Section 3.11(b); provided that such Refinancing agreement is not materially
more restrictive with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in the agreement referred to in such clause (2),
(3) or (5).

 

Section 3.12         Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.

 

(a)          The
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(1)         the
Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Company (including the value of all non-cash consideration); and

 

(2)         at
least 75% of the consideration received for the assets sold by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in
the Asset Sale will be in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or assets or Capital Stock which the Company or a Permitted Investing
Subsidiary would be permitted to use the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale to purchase or invest in, if any, pursuant to clause
(2) of Section 3.12(b).

 

For the purposes of this clause
(2), the following are deemed to be cash:

 

(i)          Indebtedness
and other liabilities shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company prior to the date of such Asset Sale (other
than Subordinated Indebtedness) (i) that are assumed or repaid or otherwise extinguished by the transferee of any such assets and
(ii) for which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released from all liability at the time of such Asset Sale;

 

(ii)         any
securities, notes or other Obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
converted, sold or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 90 days, to the
extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion, sale or exchange; and

 

(iii)        any
Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate
Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that
is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration
being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(b)          The
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may (subject to the provisos below) apply the Net Cash Proceeds of any
such Asset Sale within 360 days thereof to:

 

     63

     

    

  

(1)         prepay,
repay, purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise retire for value (collectively, “repay”) any:

 

(i)          secured
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)         Indebtedness
of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor; or

 

(iii)        any
Senior Indebtedness, provided that, if the Company repays any Senior Indebtedness other than the Notes pursuant to this
clause (iii), it must repay Notes or make an offer to repurchase the Notes at a price equal to or above 100% of the principal amount
thereof, whether or not the Holders accept such offer, in each case on a pro rata basis with such other Senior Indebtedness;

 

in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iii)
above, constituting Indebtedness for borrowed money or Capitalized Lease Obligations, and permanently reduce the commitments with
respect thereto without Refinancing; or

 

(2)         purchase
or otherwise invest in:

 

(i)           assets (other than current
assets as determined in accordance with GAAP or Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Permitted Investing Subsidiary in
a Permitted Business or capital expenditures;

 

(ii)         all or substantially all
of the assets of a Permitted Business or properties; or

 

(iii)         Capital Stock of:
(A) a Restricted Subsidiary held by a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) a Person engaged in a Permitted
Business that becomes, upon the purchase or investment, a Restricted Subsidiary or, in the case of an Asset Sale in respect of
assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, a Restricted Subsidiary of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly,
an equal or greater percentage of the economic and voting interests of its Capital Stock as it does (immediately prior to such
Asset Sale) in respect of the Restricted Subsidiary whose assets or Capital Stock are included in such Asset Sale; or

 

(3)         repay
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for adjustment of purchase price, deferred
consideration, earn outs or similar obligations, in each case incurred in connection with the purchase or investment by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary of or in assets or Capital Stock that occurred prior to such Asset Sale, and solely to the extent such
repayment would be permitted under Section 3.12 (b)(2) herein if such purchase or investment had occurred immediately following
the consummation of such Asset Sale; provided that such purchase or investment shall have occurred not more than 365 days prior
to such Asset Sale;

 

     64

     

    

  

provided that in the case of Section 3.12
(b)(2) above, (A) the following Persons may make a purchase or investment in accordance with the foregoing: (x) the Company,
(y) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or (z) in the case of an Asset Sale in respect of assets or Capital Stock held by a Restricted Subsidiary
only, a Restricted Subsidiary of which the Company, owns directly or indirectly, an equal or greater percentage of the economic
and voting interests of its Capital Stock as it does of the Restricted Subsidiary that made such Asset Sale and (B) no purchase
from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company will satisfy the provisions of Section 3.12 (b)(2) above (each, other
than the Company, a “Permitted Investing Subsidiary”);

 

provided that (x) in the case of Section 3.12 (b)(2)
above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment
so long as the Company, or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net
Cash Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 90 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”)
and such Net Cash Proceeds are actually applied to satisfy such commitment within the later of (i) 360 days after receipt of the
Net Cash Proceeds from the related Asset Sale and (ii) 90 days after the date of such binding commitment and (y) to the extent
such Net Cash Proceeds are not actually applied to satisfy such commitment within the period set forth in clause (x) above, the
Net Cash Proceeds not so applied shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)          To
the extent all or a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale are not applied within 360 days thereof (or such longer
period as permitted pursuant to an Acceptable Commitment as provided in Section 3.12(b) above) as described in clause (1)
or (2) of Section 3.12(b) above (“Excess Proceeds”), the Company will make an offer to purchase Notes
(an “Asset Sale Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased,
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of purchase (the “Asset Sale Offer Amount”). The
Company will purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer from all tendering Holders on a pro rata basis in the manner provided
in Section 5.5, and, at the Company’s option, on a pro rata basis with the holders of any other Senior Indebtedness
with similar provisions requiring the Company to offer to purchase the other Senior Indebtedness with the proceeds of Asset Sales,
that principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued with original issue discount) of Notes and the other
Senior Indebtedness to be purchased equal to such Excess Proceeds. The Company may satisfy its Obligations under this Section
3.12 with respect to any Excess Proceeds by making an Asset Sale Offer at the Asset Sale Offer Amount prior to the expiration
of 360 days from the relevant Asset Sale (or, in the event an Acceptable Commitment has been entered into as set forth in Section
3.12(b) above, the later date of the 360th day following the Asset Sale or the expiration of the 90-day period set
forth in Section 3.12(b) above).

 

(d)          The
purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer will occur not less than 20 Business Days following the date thereof, or any
longer period as may be required by law, nor more than 45 days following the 360th day following the Asset Sale (or,
in the event an Acceptable Commitment has been entered into as set forth in Section 3.12(b), the later date of the 360th
day following the Asset Sale or the expiration of the 90-day period set forth in such Section 3.12(b)). The Company
may, however, defer an Asset Sale Offer until there is an aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds from one or more Asset Sales equal
to or in excess of $25.0 million. At that time, the entire amount of Excess Proceeds, and not just the amount in excess of $25.0
million, will be applied as required pursuant to this Section 3.12. Pending application in accordance with this Section
3.12, Net Cash Proceeds may be applied to reduce revolving credit borrowings, Invested in Cash Equivalents or used for general
corporate purposes in accordance with this Indenture.

 

     65

     

    

  

(e)          Each
Asset Sale Offer Notice will be mailed first class, postage prepaid, to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders
within 30 days following such 360th day (or, in the event an Acceptable Commitment has been entered into as set forth
in Section 3.12(b) above, the later date of the 360th day following the Asset Sale or the expiration of the 90-day
period set forth in such Section 3.12(b)), with a copy to the Trustee offering to purchase the Notes as described above.
Each Asset Sale Offer Notice will state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”).
Upon receiving notice of an Asset Sale Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Notes in whole or in part in a principal amount
of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in exchange for cash.

 

(f)          On
the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)         accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer;

 

(2)         deposit
with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Asset Sale Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered;
and

 

(3)         deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

 

(g)         To
the extent Holders of Notes and holders of other Senior Indebtedness, if any, which are the subject of an Asset Sale Offer properly
tender and do not withdraw Notes or the other Senior Indebtedness in an aggregate amount exceeding the amount of Excess Proceeds,
the Company will purchase the Notes and the other Senior Indebtedness on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). If
only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion thereof
not purchased will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments
to the principal amount of a Global Note will be made, as appropriate). Notes (or portions thereof) purchased pursuant to an Asset
Sale Offer will be cancelled and cannot be reissued. Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will
be reset at zero. Accordingly, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer is less than the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds for
general corporate purposes of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Indenture.

 

     66

     

    

  

(h)          The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws in
connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities
laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.12, the Company will comply with these laws and regulations and will not
be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.12 by doing so.

 

Section 3.13         Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)          The
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction
or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the
rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (each an “Affiliate Transaction”),
unless:

 

(1)         the
terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’-length basis
from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and

 

(2)         in
the event that such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments, or transfers of property or services with a Fair Market
Value, in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction will be approved by a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested members thereof), the approval to be evidenced by
a Board Resolution stating that the Board of Directors has determined that such transaction complies with the preceding provisions.

 

(b)         The
provisions of Section 3.13(a) will not apply to:

 

(1)         Affiliate
Transactions with or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)         the
entering into, maintaining or performing of any collective bargaining agreement; benefit plan; stock option, share ownership, phantom
stock or similar plan; program, contract or other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer, director or consultant
of the Company or its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business in good faith by the Company, including vacation,
health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements;

 

(3)         the
payment of customary fees and indemnities (including under customary insurance) to current and former directors, officers and consultants
of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)         Affiliate
Transactions undertaken pursuant to any contractual obligations or rights in existence on the Issue Date (as in effect on the Issue
Date with modifications and extensions thereof not materially adverse to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

     67

     

    

  

(5)         any
Restricted Payments made in compliance with Section 3.10 or Permitted Investments;

 

(6)         transactions
with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates of the Company solely because
the Company, directly or indirectly, owns Capital Stock in, or controls any such Person, in each case in the ordinary course of
business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are, in the reasonable determination of the Board of
Directors or senior management of the Company, on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time
from an unaffiliated party; provided that this clause (6) will not apply to Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(7)         the
issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant
of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(8)         loans
and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for travel, entertainment, moving
and other relocation expenses, in each case made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practices of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; or

 

(9)         transactions
in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent
Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable, when taken as a whole, to the Company or its relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with
an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis.

 

Section 3.14         Limitation
on Liens.

 

The Company will not, and will not cause or
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind (except for
Permitted Liens) against or upon any of their respective properties or assets, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after
the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure any Indebtedness unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is
made:

 

(1)         in
the case of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Note Guarantor, to secure the Notes and all other amounts due
under this Indenture; and

 

(2)         in
the case of a Note Guarantor, to secure such Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee of the Notes and all other amounts due under
this Indenture,

 

in each case, equally and ratably with such Indebtedness (or,
in the event that such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be,
prior to such Indebtedness) with a Lien on the same properties and assets securing such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness
is secured by such Lien.

 

     68

     

    

  

Section 3.15         [reserved].

 

Section 3.16         Ongoing
Reporting.

 

(a)          Notwithstanding
that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any
Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee and post on its website (if not filed with the Commission), the
annual, quarterly and other periodic reports and information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, within 15 days after the times specified
for the filing of the information, documents and reports under such Sections for “non-accelerated filers.” Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this Section 3.16 will not require any financial statements or other information or disclosure required pursuant
to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any successor provision).

 

(b)          For
so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time when the Company is not subject to or is not current in its reporting
obligations under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will make available, upon request, to any Holder and any
prospective purchaser of Notes the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(c)          Delivery
of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee and any other material to the Trustee hereunder is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive knowledge or notice of any information
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its
covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

(d)          If
at any time any direct or indirect parent of the Company is a Guarantor of the Notes, the Company will be deemed to be in compliance
with this Section 3.16 with respect to the Notes if such direct or indirect parent delivers to the Trustee within the time
periods specified in Section 3.16(c) copies of its annual reports and the information, documents and other reports (or copies
of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which such direct or indirect
parent is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or which such direct or indirect
parent would be required to file with the Commission if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(e)          The
Company will be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 3.16 with respect to the Notes if the Company, or if at any
time any direct or indirect parent of the Company is a Guarantor of the Notes, such direct or indirect parent of the Company, shall
have filed such annual reports and the information, documents and other reports with the Commission using its Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and Retrieval System or any successor system.

 

     69

     

    

  

Section 3.17         Limitation
on Business Activities.

 

The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
will not engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except for any businesses that are not material to the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Section 3.18         Limitation
on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless:

 

(1)         it
would be entitled to:

 

(A)         Incur
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section
3.8; and

 

(B)         create
a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 3.14;

 

(2)         the
net proceeds received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale and Leaseback Transaction represent
the Fair Market Value of such property; and

 

(3)         the
transfer of such property is permitted by, and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction
in compliance with, Section 3.12.

 

Section 3.19         Limitation
on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The
Company may designate after the Issue Date any Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Designation”)
only if:

 

(1)         no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation;

 

(2)         such
Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries do not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property
of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary to be Designated;

 

(3)         either
(i) such Subsidiary to be so Designated has consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (ii) the Company would be permitted to make
an Investment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation and treating such Designation as an Investment
at the time of Designation) under Section 3.10 in the amount (the “Designation Amount”) specified in
the definition of Investment; and

 

(4)         the
terms of any Affiliate Transaction between the Subsidiary being Designated (and its Subsidiaries) would be permitted under Section
3.13 if entered into immediately following such Designation.

 

     70

     

    

  

(b)         The
Company will cause each Subsidiary of the Company to be either (i) an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this section or
(ii) party to and participant in the Cash Management Arrangements.

 

(c)         Neither
the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will at any time:

 

(1)         provide
credit support for, subject any of its property or assets (other than the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the
satisfaction of, or Guarantee, any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument
evidencing such Indebtedness);

 

(2)         be
directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)         be
directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness (other than a Bank Credit Facility) which provides that the holder thereof
may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior
to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;
or

 

(4)         have
any direct or indirect obligation to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person or maintain or preserve such Person’s
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results.

 

(d)         The
Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a “Revocation”) only if:

 

(1)         No
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Revocation;

 

(2)         all
Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at
such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture; and

 

(3)         such
Subsidiary becomes on or before the date of Revocation a party to the Cash Management Arrangements.

 

(e)         The
Designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to include the Designation of all of the
Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary. Any such Designation or Revocation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee
a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such Designation or Revocation, as
the case may be, and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Designation or Revocation complied with the foregoing
conditions.

 

     71

     

    

  

Section 3.20         Payments
for Consent. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration,
whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment
of any terms or provisions of the Notes, unless the consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of
the Notes which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such
consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 3.21         Change
of Control.

 

(a)          Upon
the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion (equal
to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (provided that the unpurchased portion will be in a denomination
of at least $2,000)) of the Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal
to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through, but excluding, the Change of Control
Payment Date, as provided below; provided that the Company will not be required to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section
3.21 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Article
V or if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions thereof
validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

(b)          Within
30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, by first-class mail, a notice to each
Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, offering to purchase the Notes as described above (a “Change of Control Offer”).
The Change of Control Offer will state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”).

 

(c)          On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)         accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)         deposit
with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered; and

 

(3)         deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

 

(d)          If
only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion
thereof not purchased will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments
to the principal amount of a Global Note will be made, as appropriate). Notes (or portions thereof) purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer will be cancelled and cannot be reissued.

 

     72

     

    

  

(e)          A
Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive
agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer; provided that the Trustee
shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge that a Change of Control has occurred until the Company has provided
written notice thereof to the Trustee.

 

(f)          If
Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw
such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control offer in lieu of the Company
as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party
will have the right, upon not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, provided that such notice is
given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described in this Section 3.21,
to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase on a date (the “Second Change of Control Payment Date”)
at a price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through, but excluding, the
Second Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(g)          The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and
regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.21, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by doing
so.

 

Section 3.22         Payment
of Additional Amounts.

 

(a)          All
payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes, or by any Note Guarantor pursuant to the Note Guarantees, will
be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost,
assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (collectively, “Taxes”)
imposed or levied by or on behalf of (i) the government of Canada or any province or territory thereof, (ii) any jurisdiction other
than the United States in which the Company or any such Note Guarantor is organized or otherwise resident for tax purposes or (iii)
any jurisdiction other than the United States from or through which payment on the Notes or the Note Guarantees is made, in each
case including any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (each a “Taxing
Authority”), unless the Company or such Note Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes under any law or by the
interpretation, application or administration thereof. If, after the Issue Date, the Company or such Note Guarantor, as the case
may be, is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by any Taxing Authority from any payment
made under or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, the Company or such Note Guarantor, as the
case may be, will pay to each Holder of Notes that are Outstanding on the date of the required payment, such additional amounts
(“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such Holder (including the Additional
Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had
not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a Holder
or beneficial owner of the Notes (an “Excluded Holder”):

 

     73

     

    

  

(1)        with which the Company
or such Note Guarantor does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the time of making
such payment,

 

(2)         which
is subject to such Taxes by virtue of all or any portion of such payment being deemed to be a dividend to such Holder or beneficial
owner pursuant to subsection 214(16) of the Income Tax Act (Canada),

 

(3)         which
is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being or having been connected with the Taxing Authority imposing such Taxes otherwise
than by the mere holding, use or ownership, or deemed holding, use or ownership, of the Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder
(as a matter of, for example, citizenship, nationality, residence, domicile, or existence of a business or permanent establishment,
a dependent agent, a place of business or a place of management present or deemed present within the Taxing Authority),

 

(4)         which
failed to duly and timely comply with a timely request of the Company to provide information, documents or other evidence concerning
such Holder’s or beneficial owner’s nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits or identity, if and to the
extent that (A) such Holder or beneficial owner was legally able to comply with such request and (B) due and timely compliance
with such request is required by applicable law as a precondition to reduction or elimination of, and would have reduced or eliminated,
any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to such Holder or beneficial owner but for this clause
(4),

 

(5)         which
is a fiduciary or a partnership or not the sole beneficial owner of the relevant Note, if and to the extent that any beneficiary
or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, any partner with respect to such partnership or any beneficial owner of such Note (as
the case may be) would not have been entitled to receive Additional Amounts with respect to the payment in question had such beneficiary,
settlor, partner or beneficial owner been the sole beneficial owner of such Note,

 

(6)         in
respect of any estate, gift, inheritance, value added, excise, transfer, intangible or similar tax,

 

(7)         in
respect of withholdings or deductions that are required to be made pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC (the “Directive”)
or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of
savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, the Directive or any such other
directive,

 

(8)         
in respect of any Taxes imposed under sections 1471-1474 of the Code, any current or future regulations thereunder or interpretations
thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to section 1471(b) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into (or
treated as being in effect) in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation,
rules, or official practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement,

 

     74

     

    

  

(9)         if
and to the extent that such payment could have been made without deduction or withholding of such Taxes had the relevant Note been
presented for payment (where presentation is required for payment) within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such
Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof was duly provided for, whichever was later (except to the extent
that such Holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day
of such 30-day period), or

 

(10)       any
combination of the above clauses in this Section 3.22(a).

 

The Company or such Note Guarantor will also
make such withholding or deduction, and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance
with applicable law.

 

(b)          The
Company or the Note Guarantor will furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes imposed by any
Taxing Authority is due pursuant to applicable law, copies of tax receipts, if any, evidencing that such payment has been made
by the Company or such Note Guarantor, as applicable. The Company or any Note Guarantor will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder
or beneficial owner of Notes (without duplication) that are Outstanding on the date of the required payment (other than an Excluded
Holder) and upon written request reimburse each such Holder or beneficial owner (other than an Excluded Holder) for the amount
of: (A) any Taxes so levied or imposed and paid by such Holder or beneficial owner (without duplication) as a result of payments
made under or with respect to the Notes, and (B) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under clause (A) immediately
above, in each case without duplication of any payment made by the Company or a Note Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.22(a)
(such amount provided in clauses (A) and (B) collectively, a “Reimbursement Payment”).

 

At least 30 days prior to each date on which
any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with
respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional
Amounts will be payable, and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information as is necessary to enable the Trustee
to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders of the Notes on the payment date; provided that the Trustee shall not be deemed to
have notice or be charged with knowledge of such Additional Amounts until such Officers’ Certificate is delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.22(b).

 

(c)          Whenever
in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context: (i) the payment of principal (and premium, if any), (ii) purchase prices
in connection with a repurchase or a redemption of Notes, (iii) interest, or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to
any of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts and
Reimbursement Payments provided for in this Section 3.22 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts or Reimbursement
Payments are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

     75

     

    

  

Section 3.23         Covenant
Suspension.

 

(a)         Beginning
on a Covenant Suspension Date and ending on the next Reversion Date (such period, a “Suspension Period”) with
respect to the Notes, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants provided in Section 3.8,
Section 3.9, Section 3.10, Section 3.11, Section 3.12, Section 3.13, Section 3.17, clauses
(1)(A), (2) and (3) of Section 3.18, Section 3.19 and clause (2) of Section 4.1(a) (collectively, the “Suspended
Covenants”)

 

(b)         On
each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been outstanding on the
Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (4) of Section 3.8(b). Calculations made after the Reversion
Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.10 will be made as though the provisions
of Section 3.10 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period (and, for the avoidance of doubt, all
Consolidated EBITDA and other amounts attributable to the Suspension Period that would otherwise increase the amount of Restricted
Payments available to be made pursuant to any clause of Section 3.10 (including clause (3) of Section 3.10(a)) shall
be excluded in determining the amount of Restricted Payments available to be made following the Reversion Date). In addition, no
Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the relevant Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period with respect to the Suspended Covenants.

 

(c)         Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 3.23 to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be entitled to Designate any Subsidiary
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary during a Suspension Period and all references to Restricted Subsidiaries herein during a Suspension
Period shall be deemed to refer to Subsidiaries.

 

(d)         For
purposes of Section 3.12, on the Reversion Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

 

(e)         The
Company will deliver to the Trustee written notice of the occurrence of each Covenant Suspension Date and each Reversion Date promptly
upon the occurrence thereof, but in any event, within five Business Days after the occurrence thereof. The Trustee shall have no
duty to monitor any of the events described under this Section 3.23.

 

Article
IV

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

 

Section 4.1           Merger,
Consolidation and Sale of Assets.

 

(a)         The
Company will not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person (whether
or not the Company is the surviving or continuing Person), or sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause
or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the
properties and assets of the Company or the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole (determined on a consolidated
basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), to any Person, unless:

 

     76

     

    

  

(1)         either:

 

(A)       the Company shall be
the surviving or continuing corporation; or

 

(B)        the Person (if other
than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries
substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Company”):

 

(i)          will
be an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of (x) the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia
or (y) Canada or any province or territory thereof; provided that if the Successor Company is not a corporation, then a
corporation wholly owned by such Person organized and validly existing under the laws of (x) the United States or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia or (y) Canada or any province or territory thereof that does not and will not have any material assets
or operations shall become a co-issuer of the Notes; and

 

(ii)        will expressly assume,
by supplemental indenture (in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and
punctual payment of the principal of, and premium (including any Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on all of the Notes
and the performance and observance of every covenant of the Notes and this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed
or observed;

 

(2)         immediately
after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(ii) above (including giving effect
on a pro forma basis to any Indebtedness, including any Acquired Indebtedness, Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in
connection with or in respect of such transaction), (A) the Company or such Successor Company, as the case may be, is able to Incur
at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.8(a) or (B) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Successor
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such transaction;

 

(3)         immediately
before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (1)(B)(ii) above
(including, without limitation, giving effect on a pro forma basis to any Indebtedness, including any Acquired Indebtedness,
Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of such transaction), no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing;

 

(4)         each
Note Guarantor (including Persons that become Note Guarantors as a result of such transaction) has confirmed by supplemental indenture
that its Note Guarantee will apply to the Obligations of the Successor Company in respect of this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

     77

     

    

  

(5)         the
Company or the Successor Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that the consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and, if required in connection with
such transaction, the supplemental indenture, comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating
to the transaction have been complied with.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.1, the transfer (by assignment,
sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties
and assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), will be deemed
to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

 

(b)         The
provisions of Sections 4.1(a)(2) and 4.1(a)(5) above will not apply to:

 

(1)         any
transfer of the properties or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         subject
to Section 10.3, any merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)         any
merger of the Company into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company created for the purpose of holding the Capital Stock of the
Company; or

 

(4)         a
merger between the Company and a newly-created Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
another State of the United States or in another province or under the federal laws of Canada,

 

so long as, in each case, the Indebtedness of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole is not increased thereby.

 

(c)          Upon
any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Section 4.1, in which the Company is not the continuing corporation,
the Successor Company formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer
is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and
the Notes with the same effect as if such Successor Company had been named as such. For the avoidance of doubt, compliance with
this Section 4.1 will not affect the Obligations of the Company (including a Successor Company, if applicable) under Section
3.21, if applicable.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, neither the Company nor the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole may, directly
or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its or their respective properties or assets considered as one enterprise, in
one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

     78

     

    

  

Article
V

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

Section 5.1           Optional
Redemption. The Company may at its option, without the prior agreement of Holders redeem the Notes, as a whole or from time
to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in the form of Notes in Exhibit A.

 

Section 5.2           Election
to Redeem. The Company shall evidence its election to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 by a Board Resolution.

 

Section 5.3           Notices
to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.1, it
shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate
setting forth: (1) the redemption date, (2) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (3) the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar
numbers of such Notes and (4) the redemption price; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for making any calculation
with respect to such redemption price and shall be entitled to rely fully on such Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant
to this Section 5.3.

 

Section 5.4           Notice
of Redemption. (a)  The Company shall prepare and mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption, in the manner
provided for in Section 11.1, not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed.

 

(b)         All
notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)         the
Redemption Date;

 

(2)         the
redemption price and the amount of any accrued interest payable as provided in Section 5.7;

 

(3)         whether
or not the Company is redeeming all Outstanding Notes;

 

(4)         if
the Company is not redeeming all Outstanding Notes, the aggregate principal amount of Notes that the Company is redeeming and the
aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be Outstanding after the partial redemption, as well as the identification of the
particular Notes, or portions of the particular Notes, that the Company is redeeming;

 

(5)         if
the Company is redeeming only part of a Note, the notice that relates to that Note shall state that on and after the Redemption
Date, upon surrender of that Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for
the principal amount of the Note remaining unredeemed (or appropriate adjustments of the principal amount of a Global Note will
be made, as appropriate);

 

     79

     

    

  

(6)         that
on the Redemption Date the redemption price and any accrued interest payable to the Redemption Date as provided in Section 5.7
will become due and payable in respect of each Note, or the portion of each Note, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults
in making the redemption payment, that interest on each Note, or the portion of each Note, to be redeemed, will cease to accrue
on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(7)         the
place or places where a Holder must surrender Notes for payment of the redemption price and any accrued interest payable on the
Redemption Date;

 

(8)         the
CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as
to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number; and

 

(9)         whether
the redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction,
and describing each such condition, and if applicable, stating that, in the Company’s discretion, the date of redemption
may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived, or such redemption may not occur and
such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the date of
redemption, or by the date of redemption as so delayed.

 

(c)          At
the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided,
however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in Section 5.4(b).

 

Section 5.5           Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed in Part. (a) If the Company is not redeeming all Outstanding Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes
to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or any other
method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the
proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Notes, or portions of the Notes, for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only
on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of DTC) unless
that method is otherwise prohibited. The Trustee shall make the selection from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for
redemption. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any
Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. In the event of a partial redemption by
lot, the Trustee shall select the particular Notes to be redeemed not less than 30 (or 15, with respect to any redemption pursuant
to this Article V) nor more than 60 days prior to the relevant Redemption Date from the Outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption. No Notes of a principal amount of less than $2,000 shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee may select for
redemption portions (equal to $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal amount of Notes that
have denominations larger than $2,000; provided that the principal amount of the unredeemed portion of Notes is at least
$2,000.

 

     80

     

    

  

(b)          For
all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate,
in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of that Note which has
been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 5.6           Deposit
of Redemption Price. On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit
with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company, a Note Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as the Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient
to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes that the Company is redeeming on that date.

 

Section 5.7           Notes
Payable on Redemption Date. If the Company, or the Trustee on behalf of the Company, gives notice of redemption in accordance
with this Article V, the Notes, or the portions of Notes, called for redemption, shall, on the Redemption Date, become due
and payable at the redemption price specified in the notice (together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption
Date), and from and after the Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued
and unpaid interest) the Notes or the portions of Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption
in accordance with the notice, the Company shall pay the Notes at the redemption price, together with accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant Interest Payment Date). If the Company shall fail to pay any Note called for redemption upon its surrender for
redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

Section 5.8           Unredeemed
Portions of Partially Redeemed Note. Upon surrender of a Note that is to be redeemed in part, the Company shall execute, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of the Note, at the expense of the Company, a new
Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange
for, the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note surrendered, provided that each new Note will be in a principal
amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

     81

     

    

 

Article
VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.1           Events
of Default. (a)  Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

 

(1)         default
in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Notes, including the failure to make a required payment
to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an optional redemption, Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer;

 

(2)         default
for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Amounts on any Notes;

 

(3)         failure
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 3.16 for 120 days after notice
to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding voting
as a single class and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”;

 

(4)         the
failure to perform or comply with Section 4.1(a);

 

(5)         the
failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture
or in the Notes for 60 days or more after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class, with a copy to the Trustee, and stating that such notice is a “notice
of default”;

 

(6)         default
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Indebtedness which:

 

(A)         is
caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, or interest on such Indebtedness prior
to the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default; or

 

(B)         results
in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity;

 

and the principal or accreted amount of Indebtedness
covered by clause (A) or (B) above at the relevant time, aggregates $20.0 million or more.

 

(7)         failure
by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary) to pay one or more final non-appealable judgments against any of them which are not covered by adequate
insurance by a solvent insurer of national or international reputation which has acknowledged its obligations in writing, aggregating
$20.0 million or more, which judgment(s) are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more;

 

     82

     

    

  

(8)         a
Bankruptcy Event of Default; or

 

(9)         except
as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that,
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) is held to be unenforceable or invalid in a judicial proceeding or ceases
for any reason to be in full force and effect (except as provided therein) or any Note Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary
(or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or any Person acting
on behalf of such Note Guarantor, denies or disaffirms such Note Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the
reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant
to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

(b)          The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee written notice of any event which would constitute a Default or an Event of Default, its status
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, within five Business Days after the Company becomes
aware of the occurrence of such event. If a Default or Event of Default occurs, is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the occurrence thereof.
Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if
any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith
determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders of Notes.

 

Section 6.2           Acceleration.

 

(a)          If
an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1(a) with respect to the Company)
shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes may declare
the unpaid principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be
immediately due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the Event of Default and that it is
a “notice of acceleration” (an “Acceleration Declaration”). If an Event of Default specified in
clause (8) of Section 6.1(a) occurs with respect to the Company, then the unpaid principal of, premium (including Additional
Amounts), if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration
or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

(b)         At
any time after an Acceleration Declaration as set forth in Section 6.2(a), the Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

 

(1)         if
the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

 

     83

     

    

 

 

(2)         if
all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived, except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
because of the acceleration;

 

(3)         to
the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and

 

(4)         if
the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements
and advances.

 

No rescission will affect any subsequent Default or impair any
rights relating thereto.

 

Section 6.3           Other
Remedies. (a)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available contractual
remedy under this Indenture to collect the payment of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, and interest
on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

(b)          The
Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any contractual right or remedy under this Indenture accruing upon
an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All
available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.4           Waiver
of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default
under this Indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium (including Additional
Amounts), if any, or interest on any Notes.

 

Section 6.5           Control
by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. Subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, however, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee may
take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

Section 6.6           Limitation
on Suits. No Holder of any Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any
remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1)         such
Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2)         Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes make a written request to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)         such
Holders of the Notes provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

     84

     

    

  

(4)         the
Trustee does not comply within 60 days after the receipt of the request and offer of indemnity; and

 

(5)         during
such 60-day period provided in clause (4) above, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of then Outstanding Notes do not
give the Trustee a written direction which is inconsistent with the request.

 

Section 6.7           Rights
of Holders to Bring Suit for Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation,
Section 6.6), the contractual right expressly set forth in this Indenture of any Holder to bring suit for the enforcement
of any payment of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on
or after the respective due dates, Redemption Dates or repurchase date expressed in this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be amended
without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.8           Collection
Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1(a) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and each Note Guarantor for
the whole amount then due and owing (together with applicable interest on any overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
on overdue interest) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

 

Section 6.9           Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim, etc. (a) The Trustee may:

 

(1)         file
such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
and the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes allowed in any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other judicial proceedings
relative to the Company, any Note Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or their respective creditors or properties; and

 

(2)         collect
and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable in respect of any such claims and distribute them in accordance
with this Indenture.

 

Any receiver, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar
official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, taxes, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts
due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7.

 

(b)         Nothing
in this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization, examinership, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

     85

     

    

  

Section 6.10         Priorities.
If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI or, after an Event of Default, distributable
in respect of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee (including
any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under Section 7.7;

 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts
due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD: to the Company or, to the
extent the Trustee collects any amount pursuant to Article X hereof from any Note Guarantor, to such Note Guarantor, or
to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may, upon written notice to the Company, fix a record
date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11         Undertaking
for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for
any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit
of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by
a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes.

 

Article
VII

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.1           Duties
of Trustee. (a)  If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)         Except
during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(1)         the
Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants
or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)         in
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required
to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform
to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts,
statements, opinions or conclusions).

 

     86

     

    

  

(c)         No
provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)         this
paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) or (f) of this Section 7.1;

 

(2)         the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)         the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the direction
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Notes, determined as provided herein, relating to the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes.

 

(d)         The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

(e)         Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)         No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability
in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable
grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured
to it.

 

(g)         Every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall
be subject to the provisions of this Article VII.

 

(h)         Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient
if signed by an Officer of the Company and such Officer’s name is evidenced on a certificate setting forth the names of individuals
and/or titles of officers authorized to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(i)          The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it
against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by
it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

     87

     

    

  

(j)          In
the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for
the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

(k)          No
provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Trustee to perform any act or acts, receive
or obtain any interest in property or exercise any interest in property, or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred
or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent
in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, to receive or obtain any such interest in property or to exercise
any such right, power, duty or obligation; and no permissive or discretionary power or authority available to the Trustee shall
be construed to be a duty.

 

Section 7.2           Rights
of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.1:

 

(a)         The
Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness
or other paper or any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)         Whenever
in the administration of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder at the direction of the Company or any Note Guarantor, the Trustee may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
reliance on an Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)         The
Trustee may execute any of the trusts or power hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its attorneys
and agents and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence on the part of any attorney or agent appointed
with due care by it hereunder.

 

(d)         The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within
its discretion or its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s
conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(e)         The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel shall be full and complete authorization
and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon.

 

(f)         The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness
or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled
to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

     88

     

    

  

(g)         The
Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice
of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(h)         The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and
other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(i)          The
Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles
of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may
be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any
such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(j)          Any
request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any resolution of the
Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(k)         Anything
in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss
or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the
likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(l)          The
Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including, without limitation, any provision
of any future law or regulation or any future act of any Governmental Authority, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism;
wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware
or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

 

Section 7.3           Individual
Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Company, the Note Guarantors or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
Any Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar or any other agent of the Company may do the same with like rights.
However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

     89

     

    

  

Section 7.4           Trustee’s
Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity, sufficiency or adequacy
of this Indenture or the Notes. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of
the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture, including the
recitals contained therein, or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee shall have no duty
to monitor or investigate the Company’s compliance with or the breach of, or cause to be performed or observed, any representation,
warranty, or covenant, or agreement of any Person, other than the Trustee, made in this Indenture.

 

Section 7.5           Notice
of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof,
the Trustee shall transmit by first-class mail to each Holder, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice
of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event
of Default in payment of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts) or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant
to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Trust Officers of the Trustee in
good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of Notes and, in the case of a Default under
Section 6.1(a)(2) with respect to the Notes, the Trustee is not required to give such notice to Holders until the expiration
of the 30-day grace period specified in such Section 6.1(a)(2).

 

Section 7.6           Reports
by Trustee to Holders. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee
whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.7           Compensation
and Indemnity. (a) The Company and each Note Guarantor shall jointly and severally pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and all services rendered by it hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall
from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee
of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or
made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of
preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery
of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.

 

     90

     

    

  

(b)         The
Company and each Note Guarantor shall jointly and severally indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their
officers, agents, directors and employees for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damages, claims, liability or
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined
by the income of the Trustee)) incurred by it without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part in connection
with the acceptance and administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses
of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted
by any Holder, the Company, any Note Guarantor or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company and each Note Guarantor promptly
of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of
its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company shall
pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses
if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict
of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross
negligence or bad faith.

 

(c)         To
secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on
all money and property held or collected by the Trustee other than money and property held in trust to pay principal of, premium
(including Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on particular Notes.

 

(d)         The
Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event of Default,
the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law; provided, however, that
this shall not affect the Trustee’s rights as set forth in this Section 7.7 or Section 6.10.

 

(e)         “Trustee”
for purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided, however, that the negligence,
willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

 

Section 7.8           Replacement
of Trustee. (a) The Trustee or any successor hereunder may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor
Trustee reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)        the Trustee fails
to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2)        the Trustee is adjudged
bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)        a receiver or other
public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)        the Trustee otherwise
becomes incapable of acting.

 

(b)         If
the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the “retiring
Trustee”), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

     91

     

    

  

(c)         A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers
and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in
Section 7.7; provided all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid.

 

(d)        If
a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee
or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)        If
the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)         Notwithstanding
the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.9           Successor
Trustee by Merger. (a) If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

(b)         In
case at the time such successor or successors to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the
Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication
of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been
authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the
name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in
the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.10         Eligibility;
Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation
of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation
in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1)
are met.

 

Section 7.11         Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship
listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the
extent indicated.

 

     92

     

    

  

Section 7.12         Appointment
of Co-Trustees. At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any applicable jurisdiction, each
of the Company and the Trustee shall have power to appoint, and, upon the written request of the Trustee or of the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, the Company and each applicable Note Guarantor shall for such purpose
join with the Trustee in the execution and delivery of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint, one or more
Persons approved by the Trustee and, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, by the Company either to act
as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, or to act as separate trustee, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the
instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power
deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section 7.12. If the Company or any applicable Note
Guarantor does not join in such appointment within fifteen days after the receipt by it of a request so to do, or if an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee alone shall have power to make such appointment.

 

Should any written instrument or instruments
from the Company or any Note Guarantor be required by any co-trustee or separate trustee so appointed to more fully confirm to
such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request, be executed,
acknowledged and delivered by the Company and/or such Note Guarantor.

 

Every co-trustee or separate trustee shall,
to the extent permitted by law and applicable regulation, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following conditions:

 

(1)         the
Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody
of securities, cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall
be exercised solely, by the Trustee;

 

(2)         the
rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by such
appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed either by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee
or separate trustee jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or separate trustee, except to the
extent that under any law or applicable regulation of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed the Trustee
shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised
and performed by such co-trustee or separate trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

 

(3)         the
Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Company, may accept the resignation
of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this Section 7.12, and, if an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee or separate
trustee without the concurrence of the Company. The Company and each applicable Note Guarantor shall join with the Trustee in the
execution and delivery of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor
to any co-trustee or separate trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 7.12;
and

 

     93

     

    

  

(4)         neither
the Trustee nor any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any
other trustee hereunder.

 

Every instrument appointing any separate trustee
or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Article VII. Each separate trustee and co-trustee,
upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment,
either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically
including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection or
rights (including the rights to compensation, reimbursement and indemnification hereunder) to, the Trustee. Every such instrument
shall be filed with the Trustee.

 

Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at
any time constitute the Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law
and applicable regulations, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate
trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of his, her or its estates, properties,
rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law and applicable regulations,
without appointment of a new or successor trustee.

 

Article
VIII

DEFEASANCE; DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

Section 8.1           Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a)         The
Company may, at its option, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.1(b) or (c) be applied to all Outstanding
Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.2.

 

(b)         Upon
the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2, be deemed to have been discharged from its
obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date all of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 (including
Section 8.2(4)(B)) are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes,
which shall thereafter be deemed to be Outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.3 hereof and the other Sections of
this Indenture referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8.1(b), and to have satisfied all its other obligations under
such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(i)         the
rights of Holders to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.3, and as more fully set forth in Section 8.3,
payments in respect of the principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due,

 

     94

     

    

  

(ii)         the
Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article II and Section 3.2,

 

(iii)        the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith,
and

 

(iv)        this
Article VIII.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company
may exercise its option under this paragraph (b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.1(c).

 

(c)          Upon
the Company’s exercise under Section 8.1(a) of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Company shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.2, be released from its obligations under
the covenants contained in Section 3.4, Section 3.5, Sections 3.8 through 3.22, clauses (2) and (4)
of Section 4.1(a), Sections 4.1(b) and (c) and Section 10.7 hereof with respect to the Outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”),
and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not Outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act
of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be Outstanding for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed Outstanding for accounting purposes). For this
purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall
have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,
by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other
provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event or Default under
Sections 6.1(a)(3), (4), (5) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant
Defeasance), (6), (7) and (9) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and
such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

Section 8.2           Conditions
to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option only if:

 

(1)         the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government
Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without reinvestment, as confirmed by a letter from
an Independent Financial Advisor to pay the principal of, premium (including any Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on the
Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

 

(2)         in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from counsel in the United States
who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and independent of the Company to the effect that, subject to customary assumptions
and exclusions:

 

     95

     

    

  

(A)         the
Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(B)         since
the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that and based thereon
such Opinion of Counsel shall state that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)         in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from counsel in the United States
who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will
not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)         in
the case of Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee:

 

(A)         an
Opinion of Counsel from counsel in Canada who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions and based upon Canadian federal or provincial law then in effect, Holders will not recognize income,
gain or loss for Canadian federal or provincial tax purposes, including withholding tax except for withholding tax then payable
on interest payments due, as a result of such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, and will be subject
to Canadian federal or provincial taxes on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, had not occurred; or

 

(B)          a
ruling directed to the Trustee received from the federal or provincial tax authorities of Canada and the relevant province thereof
to the same effect as the Opinion of Counsel described in clause (A) above;

 

(5)         no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit pursuant to clause (1) of this Section
8.2 (except any Default or Event of Default resulting from the failure to comply with Section 3.8 as a result of the
borrowing of the funds required to effect such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the Trustee has received
Officers’ Certificates to such effect on the date of such deposit;

 

(6)         the
Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in
a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

     96

     

    

  

(7)         the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the
intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(8)         the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) from counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.3           Application
of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust all U.S. Legal Tender and U.S. Government Obligations (including in each case
proceeds thereon) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. It shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender or
U.S. Government Obligations (including in each case proceeds thereon) through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture
to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

Section 8.4           Repayment
to Company. (a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities
held by them (including in each case proceeds thereon) upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

 

(b)        Subject
to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held
by them for the payment of principal of, premium or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter,
Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

 

Section 8.5           Indemnity
for U.S. Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax (other than tax on income
resulting from the Trustee’s services), fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations
or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

 

Section 8.6           Reinstatement.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this
Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as
the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium (including
Additional Amounts), if any, and interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held
by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

     97

     

    

  

Section 8.7           Satisfaction
and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration
of transfer or exchange of the Notes and as otherwise expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all Outstanding Notes when:

 

(a)         either:

 

(1)        all the Notes
theretofor executed, authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has theretofor been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid
to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(2)         all Notes not
theretofor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption
or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year, and the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient without
reinvestment to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness (including all principal, premium and interest to the date of deposit)
on the Notes not theretofor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company
directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment of such Notes;

 

(b)         the
Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture and the Notes by it; and

 

(c)         the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

Article
IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1           Without
Consent of Holders. (a)  The Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any
Note Guarantee or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1)        to cure any ambiguity,
defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

 

(2)        to comply with Article
IV in respect of the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;

 

     98

     

    

  

(3)        to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued
in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code;

 

(4)        to add Note Guarantees
with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;

 

(5)        to add to the covenants
of the Company or the Note Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
Company or the Note Guarantors;

 

(6)         [reserved];

 

(7)        to make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(8)        [reserved];

 

(9)         to
provide for the issuance of Additional Notes as permitted by Sections 2.2(c) and Section 2.14, which will be
treated, together with any other Outstanding Notes, as a single issue of securities;

 

(10)       to
conform the text of this Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section
of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be
a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; or

 

(11)       to
make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture,
including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that
(i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act
or any applicable securities laws and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer
Notes.

 

(b)         After
an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the
validity of an amendment under this Section 9.1.

 

Section 9.2           With
Consent of Holders. (a)  The Company, the
Note Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation,
consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Subject to Section 6.4,
the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may waive compliance by the Company
and the Note Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture
or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment may not:

 

     99

     

    

  

(1)        reduce the amount of Notes
whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

 

(2)        reduce the rate of or
change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including Defaulted Interest, if any, on any Notes or change
in any adverse respect the obligation of the Company and the Note Guarantors to pay Additional Amounts;

 

(3)        reduce the principal of
or change or have the effect of changing the Stated Maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject
to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor as set forth in Article V;

 

(4)        make any Notes payable
in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(5)        make any change in the
provisions of this Indenture entitling each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes
on or after the due date thereof or setting forth the contractual right to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders
of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;

 

(6)        eliminate or modify in
any manner the obligations of a Note Guarantor with respect to its Note Guarantee, which adversely affects Holders in any material
respect, except contemplated in this Indenture; or

 

(7)         make
any changes in the provisions of Section 3.22 that adversely affects the rights of any Holder or amend the terms of the
Notes in a way that would result in a loss of exemption from Taxes.

 

(b)         It
shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(c)         After
an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a
notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein,
shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2.

 

Section 9.3           [reserved].

 

Section 9.4           Revocation
and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a)  A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder of a Note shall
bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent
Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of such Note if the Trustee receives the notice
of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, it shall bind every Holder, except as otherwise provided in this Article IX. An amendment, supplement or waiver
shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.2.

 

     100

     

    

  

(b)         The
Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give
their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record
date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or
their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously
given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall
be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date.

 

Section 9.5           Notation
on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment or supplement changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the
Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return
it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note will execute
and upon Company Order the Trustee will authenticate and make available for delivery a new Note that reflects the changed terms.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment or supplement.

 

Section 9.6           Trustee
to Sign Amendments and Supplements. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the
Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2)
shall be fully protected in relying upon an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that such amendment,
supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all conditions precedent to the execution of such amendment,
supplement or waiver have been complied with, and (other than any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 10.7)
that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Note Guarantors party
thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions.

 

Article
X

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.1         Note
Guarantees. (a) Each Note Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely
as surety, to the extent permitted by law, jointly and severally with each Note Guarantor, to each Holder and the Trustee, the
full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations (such
guaranteed Obligations, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee
herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and agrees to pay, in addition to the amounts
stated in Section 10.1(f), any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee
or the Holders in enforcing or exercising any rights under any Note Guarantee.

 

     101

     

    

  

(b)          In
no event shall the Trustee or the Holders be obligated to take any action, obtain any judgment or file any claim prior to enforcing
or exercising any rights under any Note Guarantee.

 

(c)          The
Note Guarantors hereby agree, to the extent permitted by law, that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against
the Company or any Note Guarantor, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Note Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment,
filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Note Guarantor, any right to require
a proceeding or to exercise any right or remedy first against the Company or any Note Guarantor, protest, notice and all demands
whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained
in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(d)          Except
as provided in Section 10.2, the Obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation,
impairment or termination for any reason other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full.

 

(e)          Each
Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium (including Additional Amounts), if any, or interest on any
of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of
the Company or otherwise.

 

(f)          In
furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the Trustee or any Holder has at law or in equity against
each Note Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the
same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each
Note Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid,
in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(i)          the
unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing; and

 

(ii)         accrued
and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law);

 

provided that any delay by the Trustee in giving such
written demand shall in no event affect any Note Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

(g)          Each
Note Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Note Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand:

 

     102

     

    

  

(i)          the
maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its
Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby; and

 

(ii)         in
the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due
and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Note Guarantor for the purposes of its Note Guarantee.

 

Section 10.2         Limitation
on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

 

(a)          Each
Note Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that
the Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor not constitute fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law,
the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state, Canadian or provincial
law, or law of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Note Guarantor, to the extent applicable to such Note Guarantor’s
Note Guarantee (collectively, the “Applicable Provisions”). To effectuate the foregoing Applicable Provisions,
the Obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Note Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or
on behalf of any other Note Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant
to its contribution Obligations under this Indenture, result in the Obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee
not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under any Applicable Provisions.

 

(b)          The
Limited Guarantee of the Limited Guarantor will be limited if (and only if) required by an application of the Swedish Companies
Act (Sw. Aktiebolagslagen (2005:551)) in force from time to time regulating the purpose of a company’s business, prohibited
loans and guarantees and distribution of assets (including profits/dividends) (assuming that all steps open to such Limited Guarantor
and all its shareholders to authorize its obligations under this Guarantee have been taken) and it is understood that the liability
of such Limited Guarantor under this Guarantee only applies to the extent permitted by the Swedish Companies Act referred to herein
above.

 

(c)          A
Note Guarantor will be released and relieved of its Obligations under its Note Guarantee in the event that:

 

(1)         there
is a Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the Notes as set forth under Section 8.1 or the discharge of the Company’s
Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(2)         (A)
there is a sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Note Guarantor following which such Note Guarantor is no longer a
direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company or (B) in the case of a Note Guarantor whose assets and operations are not material
to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, upon or immediately prior to the commencement of liquidation or
dissolution proceedings of such Note Guarantor, so long as its assets are to be distributed to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to such proceedings; or

 

     103

     

    

  

(3)         such
Note Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 3.19; or

 

(4)         the release or discharge of
such Note Guarantor from its Guarantee, or its obligations as a co-borrower or to grant Liens under, any Bank Credit Facility,
as the case may be (including by reason of the termination thereof unless such Note Guarantor provides a Guarantee or Lien or becomes
a co-borrower in respect of a replacement or refinancing Bank Credit Facility); provided that if such Note Guarantor has
Incurred any Indebtedness or issued any Preferred Stock under Section 3.8(a) or Section 3.8(b)(8) (to the extent
it is Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under Section 3.8(a) or Section 3.8(b)(1))
or Section 3.8(b)(18) in reliance on its status as a Note Guarantor, such Note Guarantor has been released or discharged
from such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock or it is otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Note Guarantor under such covenant

 

provided that the transaction is carried out in accordance
with all other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.3         Guarantors
May Consolidate, etc. on Certain Terms. Each Note Guarantor will not, and the Company will not cause or permit any Note Guarantor
to, consolidate with or merge into, or sell or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person (other than the
Company) that is not a Note Guarantor unless:

 

(1)         such
Person (if such Person is the surviving entity) assumes all of the Obligations of such Note Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee
by executing a supplemental indenture and providing the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each
stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture, and such transaction is otherwise in compliance
with this Indenture;

 

(2)         such
Note Guarantee is to be released as provided under Section 10.2(c); or

 

(3)         such
sale or other disposition of substantially all of such Note Guarantor’s assets is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 3.12.

 

Section 10.4         Right
of Contribution. Each Note Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Note Guarantee will be entitled to a contribution
from each other Note Guarantor in a pro rata amount, based on the net assets of each Note Guarantor determined in accordance
with GAAP (but subject, in the case of the Limited Guarantor, to the amount
of its Limited Guarantee, with the Full Guarantors being obligated to make additional contributions, pro rata in accordance
with the respective net assets of the Full Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP, to cover
any shortfall in contributions resulting from the limitations on the Limited Guarantee of the Limited Guarantor). The provisions
of this Section 10.4 shall in no respect limit the Obligations and liabilities of each Note Guarantor to the Trustee
and the Holders and each Note Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such
Note Guarantor hereunder.

 

     104

     

    

  

Section 10.5         No
Subrogation. Each Note Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed
Obligations until payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Note Guarantor
on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents, such amount shall be held by such Note Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds
of such Note Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Note Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form
received by such Note Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Note Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

Section 10.6         Evidence
of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1, each Note Guarantor hereby agrees to execute
this Indenture with effect as of the date hereof or, in the case of a Person becoming an Additional Note Guarantor pursuant to
Section 10.7, to execute a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D.

 

Section 10.7         Additional
Note Guarantees. Within a reasonable period of time after any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor Guarantees,
or becomes a co-borrower under or grants Liens to secure, any Bank Credit Facility, the Company will cause such Restricted Subsidiary
(an “Additional Note Guarantor”) to grant a guarantee (an “Additional Note Guarantee”) of
the Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes to the same extent that the Note Guarantors have guaranteed the Guaranteed
Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D
and providing the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel; provided, however, that each
Additional Note Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under such Additional
Note Guarantee only in accordance with Section 10.2. Only the Trustee and such Additional Note Guarantor shall be required
to sign the Additional Note Supplemental Indenture that causes such Additional Note Guarantor to become a Note Guarantor. Any future
Note Guarantees provided by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company organized in Sweden may be Limited Guarantees that are limited
on a basis consistent with the Limited Guarantee provided by the Limited Guarantor organized in such jurisdiction on the Issue
Date.

 

Article
XI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.1         Notices.
(a)  Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company or any Note Guarantor:

 

c/o MDC
Partners Inc.

745 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10151

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: (646) 429-1803

Facsimile: (212) 937-4365

 

     105

     

    

  

if to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street – 7W

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Division -
Corporate Finance Unit

Facsimile: (212) 815-5595

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(b)          Any
notice or communication mailed to a registered Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears
on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

(c)          Failure
to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

(d)          Any
notice or communication delivered to the Company under the provisions herein shall constitute notice to the Note Guarantors.

 

(e)          If
a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether
or not the addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective
only upon actual receipt by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.

 

(f)          The
Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with instructions and directions sent by e-mail,
facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee to be authorized to give instructions
and directions on behalf of the Company. The Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who
sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions or directions on behalf of the Company;
and the Trustee shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company as
a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions or directions. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising
out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the
risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 11.2         Communication
by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to
their rights under this Indenture (including the Note Guarantees) or the Notes. The Company, the Note Guarantors, the Trustee,
the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

     106

     

    

  

Section 11.3         Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)        an Officers’ Certificate
stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with; and

 

(2)        an Opinion of Counsel
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with; provided that no such Opinion
of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of the Notes that are issued on the Issue Date.

 

Section 11.4         Statements
Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion, including an Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate,
with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)        a statement that the individual
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)        a brief statement as to
the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or
opinion are based;

 

(3)        a statement that, in the
opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)        a statement as to whether
or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual
matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

Section 11.5         Rules
by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 11.6         Legal
Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a day that is not a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 11.7         Governing
Law, Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc. (a) THIS INDENTURE (INCLUDING EACH NOTE GUARANTEE) AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES, AND EACH HOLDER BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, HERETO
EACH HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE,
THE NOTES OR EACH NOTE GUARANTEE OR ANY TRANSACTION RELATED HERETO OR THERETO TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

     107

     

    

  

(b)         Each
of the Company, the Note Guarantors and each Holder by its acceptance of a Note hereby:

 

(i)          agrees
that any suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or relating to this Indenture (including the Note Guarantees) or
the Notes, as the case may be, may be instituted in any federal or state court sitting in Borough of Manhattan, New York City,

 

(ii)         waives
to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any
such suit, action or proceeding, and any claim that any suit, action or proceeding in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient
forum,

 

(iii)        irrevocably
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding,

 

(iv)        agrees
that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding may be enforced
in the courts of the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon judgment, and

 

(v)         agrees
that service of process by mail to the addresses specified herein shall constitute personal service of such process on it in any
such suit, action or proceeding.

 

(c)          The
Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note Guarantors have appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor,
New York, New York, 10011, as each of their authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom all writs, process
and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Notes which may
be instituted in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City. The Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note
Guarantors hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent
for service of process, and the Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note Guarantors agree to take any and all action, including the
filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue each such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid
so long as the Notes remain outstanding. The Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note Guarantors agree that the appointment of the
Authorized Agent shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the
Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note Guarantors of a successor agent in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City as each of their
authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Service of process upon the Authorized
Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company and the existing Non-U.S. Note Guarantors.

 

     108

     

    

  

(d)          To
the extent that any of the Company and the Note Guarantors has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from
any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice,
attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Company and the Note Guarantors hereby irrevocably
waive and agree not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(e)          Nothing
in this Section 11.7 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder to serve process in any other manner permitted
by law.

 

Section 11.8         No
Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director, officer, employee, stockholder or controlling Person, as such, of the Company
or any Note Guarantor will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes (including
the Note Guarantees) or this Indenture or for any claims based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 11.9         Successors.
All agreements of the Company and any Note Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 11.10       Duplicate
and Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove
this Indenture. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but
all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 11.11       Severability.
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 11.12       Currency
Indemnity.

 

(a)          U.S.
Legal Tender is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums, including damages, payable by the Company or any
Note Guarantor under or in connection with the Notes or this Indenture. Any amount received or recovered in currency other than
U.S. Legal Tender in respect of the Notes (whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any
jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or any Note Guarantor or otherwise) by any Holder in respect of any
sum expressed to be due to it from the Company or any Note Guarantor will only constitute a discharge of them under the Notes and
this Indenture only to the extent of the U.S. Legal Tender amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received
or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase
on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Legal Tender amount is less than the U.S. Legal
Tender amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the Notes or this Indenture, the Company and any Note Guarantor will indemnify
and hold harmless the recipient against any loss or cost sustained by such recipient in making any such purchase. For the purposes
of this Section 11.12, it will be prima facie evidence of the such loss or cost sustained by a Holder as set forth
in this Section 11.12 for such Holder or the Trustee to certify in a manner satisfactory to the Company (indicating the
sources of information used) the loss such Holder incurred in making any such purchase.

 

     109

     

    

  

(b)          The
indemnities of the Company and the Note Guarantors contained in this Section 11.12, to the extent permitted by law: (i)
constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Company and the Note Guarantors under this Indenture
and the Notes; (ii) shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action against the Company and the Note Guarantors;
(iii) shall apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any Holder or the Trustee (other than a waiver of the indemnities set forth
in this Section 11.12); and (iv) shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any other judgment, order, claim
or proof of claim for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes or this Indenture or any other judgment or
order, or to the Trustee.

 

Section 11.13        Table
of Contents; Headings. The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted
for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

     110

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

	 	MDC PARTNERS INC.,
	 	 	as Company
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ David Doft
	 	 	Name:  David Doft
	 	 	Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

     

     

    

 

Guarantors:

 

	6 DEGREES INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS CORP.,	HELLO DESIGN, LLC,
	an Ontario corporation	a California limited liability company
	72ANDSUNNY PARTNERS LLC,	HL GROUP PARTNERS LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	ACCUMARK PARTNERS INC.,	HPR Partners, LLC,
	an Ontario corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	ALBION BRAND COMMUNICATION LTD.,	KBP HOLDINGS LLC,
	an United Kingdom private limited company	a Delaware limited liability company
	ALLISON & PARTNERS LLC,	KBS+P ATLANTA LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	ANOMALY INC.,	KBS+P CANADA LP  KBS+P CANADA SEC,
	an Ontario corporation	an Ontario limited partnership
	ANOMALY PARTNERS LLC,	By: MDC Canada GP Inc.
	a Delaware limited liability company	Its general partner
	ATTENTION PARTNERS LLC,	KENNA COMMUNICATIONS GP INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	an Ontario corporation
	BOOM MARKETING INC.,	KENNA COMMUNICATIONS LP,
	an Ontario corporation	an Ontario limited partnership
	BRUCE MAU DESIGN INC.,	By: Kenna Communications GP Inc.
	an Ontario corporation	Its general partner
	BRUCE MAU DESIGN (USA) LLC,	KINGSDALE PARTNERS LP,
	a Delaware limited liability company	an Ontario limited partnership
	BRUCE MAU HOLDINGS LTD.,	By: MDC Kingsdale GP Inc.
	an Ontario corporation	Its general partner
	BRYAN MILLS IRADESSO CORP.,	KIRSHENBAUM BOND SENECAL & PARTNERS LLC,
	an Ontario corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	CAPITAL C PARTNERS GP INC.,	KIRSHENBAUM BOND & PARTNERS WEST LLC,
	an Ontario corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	COLLE & MCVOY LLC,	KWITTKEN LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	CONCENTRIC PARTNERS LLC,	LAIRD + PARTNERS NEW YORK LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY LTD.,	LBN Partners LLC,
	a United Kingdom private  limited company	a Delaware limited liability company
	CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY LLC,	LEGEND PR Partners, LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY SCANDINAVIA AB,	LUNTZ GLOBAL PARTNERS LLC,
	a Swedish corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	DONER LTD,	MAXXCOM GLOBAL MEDIA LLC,
	an United Kingdom private limited company	a Delaware limited liability company
	DONER PARTNERS LLC,	MAXXCOM (USA) FINANCE COMPANY,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware corporation
	DOTGLU LLC,	MAXXCOM (USA) HOLDINGS INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware corporation
	GALE PARTNERS INC.,	MAXXCOM INC.,
	an Ontario corporation	a Delaware corporation
	GALE PARTNERS LLC,	MDC ACQUISITION INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware corporation
	GALE43 PARTNERS LP,	 
	an Ontario limited partnership	 
	By: MDC Gale43 GP Inc.	 
	Its general partner	 

 

     

     

    

  

	MDC CANADA GP INC.,	SKINNY NYC LLC,
	a federal company organized under the laws of Canada	a Delaware limited liability company
	MDC CORPORATE (US) INC.,	SLOANE & COMPANY LLC,
	a Delaware Corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	MDC Europe LTD.,	SOURCE MARKETING LLC,
	a United Kingdom private limited company	a New York limited liability company
	MDC GALE43 GP INC.,	STUDIO PICA INC.,
	an Ontario corporation	a federal company organized under the laws of Canada
	MDC KINGSDALE GP INC.,	TARGETCAST LLC,
	an Ontario corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	MDC PARTNERS UK HOLDINGS LTD.,	TARGETCOM LLC,
	an United Kingdom private limited company	a Delaware limited liability company
	MDC INNOVATION PARTNERS LLC,	TC ACQUISITION INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware corporation
	MDC TRAVEL, INC.,	THE ARSENAL LLC,
	a Delaware corporation	a Delaware limited liability company
	MONO ADVERTISING, LLC,	TRACK 21 LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	NEW TEAM LLC,	TRADE X PARTNERS LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	NORTHSTAR MANAGEMENT HOLDCO INC.,	TRAPEZE MEDIA LTD.,
	an Ontario corporation	an Ontario corporation
	NORTHSTAR RESEARCH GP LLC,	UNION ADVERTISING CANADA LP,
	a Delaware limited liability company	an Ontario limited partnership
	NORTHSTAR RESEARCH HOLDINGS CANADA INC.,	By: MDC Canada GP Inc.
	an Ontario corporation	Its general partner
	NORTHSTAR RESEARCH HOLDINGS USA LP,	UNIQUE INFLUENCE PARTNERS LLC,
	a Delaware limited partnership	a Delaware limited liability company
	By: Northstar Research GP LLC	VARICK MEDIA MANAGEMENT LLC,
	Its general partner	a Delaware limited liability company
	NORTHSTAR RESEARCH PARTNERS INC.,	VERITAS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
	an Ontario corporation	an Ontario corporation
	NORTHSTAR RESEARCH PARTNERS (USA) LLC,	VITRO PARTNERS LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	OUTERACTIVE, LLC,	VITROROBERTSON LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	PLUS PRODUCTIONS, LLC,	X CONNECTIONS INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	an Ontario corporation
	PULSE MARKETING, LLC,	YAMAMOTO MOSS MACKENZIE, INC.,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware corporation
	REDSCOUT LLC,	Y MEDIA LABS LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company
	RELEVENT PARTNERS LLC,	ZYMAN GROUP, LLC,
	a Delaware limited liability company	a Delaware limited liability company

 

     

     

    

  

	 	On behalf of each of the Note Guarantors
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Mitchell Gendel
	 	 	Name: Mitchell Gendel
	 	 	Title:  Authorized Signatory

 

     

     

    

  

	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
	 	 	as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ James Briggs
	 	 	Name:	James Briggs
	 	 	Title:	Vice President

  

     

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

[Include the following legend for Global Notes
only:

 

THIS IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY
OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE &
CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR
TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE
OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED
TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS
OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE
REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.]

 

[Include the following legend on all Notes that
are Restricted Notes:

 

    A-1

     

    

  

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER
THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH
IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF,
THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER
THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH
THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902
OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE
PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S.
PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S
RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER
AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER
HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] IN CANADA, UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES
LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE [please note that the date that is four months and
one day after the closing date will be inserted here].

 

[Include the following legend on all Regulation
S Temporary Global Notes:

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES
OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, DELIVERED
OR EXCHANGED FOR AN INTEREST IN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR OTHER NOTE EXCEPT UPON DELIVERY OF THE CERTIFICATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE
INDENTURE.]

 

    A-2

     

    

  

FORM OF FACE OF NOTE

 

6.500% Senior Notes due 2024

 

	No. [___]	Principal Amount $[______________]        

 

[If the Note is a Global Note include
the following two lines:

as revised by the Schedule of Increases
and

Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]

CUSIP NO. ____________

ISIN NO. ____________

 

MDC Partners Inc., a corporation continued
under the laws of Canada (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”) promises to pay to
___________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of __________________ United States Dollars [If the Note is a
Global Note, add the following, as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on May
1, 2024.

 

	 	Interest Payment Dates:	May 1 and November 1, commencing on November 1, 2016
	 	Record Dates:	April 15 and October 15

 

    A-3

     

    

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set
forth on the other side of this Note.

 

	 	MDC PARTNERS INC.
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 	Title:
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 	Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

  AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Notes referred
to in the

within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

 

	By:	 	 	Date: 	 	 
	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 

 

    A-4

     

    

 

FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE

 

6.500% Senior Notes due 2024

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.          Interest

 

MDC Partners Inc., a corporation continued
under the laws of Canada (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”) promises to pay interest
on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest semiannually
in arrears on each Interest Payment Date of each year commencing November 1, 2016; provided that if any such Interest Payment
Date is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue
from, and including, the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from and
including, March 23, 2016; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default on the payment of interest,
and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date (but after March 23, 2016), interest shall accrue from, and including, such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except
in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from, and including, March 23, 2016. The Company
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (“Defaulted Interest”), without regard to any
applicable grace period, at the then applicable rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.

 

All payments made by the Company in respect
of the Notes will be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes imposed or levied
by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law or by the interpretation, application
or administration thereof. In that event, the Company will pay to each Holder of the Notes Additional Amounts as provided in the
Indenture subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture.

 

2.          Method
of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the
Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted
Interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on
the Record Date preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled, repurchased or redeemed after the Record Date and
on or before the relevant Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to Defaulted
Interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest
in U.S. Legal Tender.

 

    A-5

     

    

  

Payments in respect of Notes represented by
a Global Note (including principal and interest) will be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified
by DTC. The Company will make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and interest) by mailing a check
by first-class mail to the registered address of each registered Holder thereof as set forth in the Note Register; provided,
however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder
elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account
no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in
its discretion).

 

3.          Paying
Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent,
Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company, any Note Guarantor or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying
Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

4.          Indenture

 

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture,
dated as of March 23, 2016 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”),
among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. The Indenture is not required
to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, so the provisions of such Act do not apply to the Indenture except to the extent
explicitly incorporated by reference therein. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions
of the Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

The Notes are general unsecured obligations
of the Company of which $900,000,000 in aggregate principal amount will be initially issued on the Issue Date. Subject to the conditions
set forth in the Indenture and without the consent of the Holders, the Company may issue Additional Notes. All Notes will be treated
as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, the ability
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to: Incur Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, create Liens, make Asset Sales,
designate Unrestricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions, or consolidate
or merge or transfer or convey all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets.

 

    A-6

     

    

  

To guarantee the due and punctual payment
of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the
Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms
of the Notes and the Indenture, the Full Guarantors have unconditionally guaranteed and the Limited Guarantor has guaranteed (subject
to certain limitations as to amount) (and each of the existing and future Restricted Subsidiaries that Guarantee or are co-borrowers
under or grant Liens to secure the Bank Credit Facility will unconditionally guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations
pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Each Note Guarantee will be subject to release as provided in Section 10 of the
Indenture.

 

The obligations of each Note Guarantor in
respect of its Note Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Note Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Note Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution
obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or similar illegal transfer under federal or state law or the law of the jurisdiction
of formation or incorporation of such Note Guarantor.

 

5.          Optional
Redemption

 

(a)          Optional
Redemption. Except as stated below, the Company may not redeem the Notes prior to May 1, 2019. The Company may, at its option
without the prior agreement of Holders, redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part (in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) from time to time, on and after May 1, 2019, at the following redemption prices, expressed
as percentages of the principal amount thereof, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on May 1 of any year
set forth below:

 

	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2019	 	 	104.875	%
	2020	 	 	103.250	%
	2021	 	 	101.625	%
	2022 and thereafter	 	 	100.000	%

 

(b)          Make-Whole
Redemption. At any time prior to May 1, 2019, the Company may, at its option without the prior agreement of Holders, redeem
all or part (in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of the Notes upon not less than 15
nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
(ii) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption.

 

“Applicable Premium”
means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii)
the excess, if any, of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2019
(such redemption price being described under this Section 5) plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due
on such Note through May 1, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate
equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the then-Outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

    A-7

     

    

  

“Treasury Rate”
means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become
publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published,
any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to May 1, 2019;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to May 1, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average
yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

(c)          Optional
Redemption Upon Equity Offerings. At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to May 1, 2019, the Company may, at its option
without the prior agreement of Holders, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem in the aggregate up
to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance
of Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 106.5% of the principal amount thereof; provided that:

 

(1)         after
giving effect to any such redemption at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture remains
outstanding; and

 

(2)         the
Company will make such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of such Equity Offering.

 

(d)         Optional Redemption for Tender Offers.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such tender offer and the Company,
or any third party making such tender offer in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly
withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’
prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such
purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the
tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the purchase date.

 

(e)          Optional
Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes. The Company may at any time, at its option without the prior agreement of Holders,
redeem, in whole but not in part, the outstanding Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof if the Company
or a Note Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts (as defined in the Indenture) or any Reimbursement
Payments (as defined in the Indenture) in respect of the Notes as a result of:

 

(1)         any
change in or amendment to the laws (or regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings, technical interpretations, interpretation bulletins
or information circulars) of any Taxing Authority (as defined in the Indenture); or

 

    A-8

     

    

  

(2)         any
change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations,
rulings, technical interpretations, interpretation bulletins or information circulars (including a holding, judgment or order by
a court of competent jurisdiction),

 

which change or amendment is announced or is effective on or
after the Issue Date (without regard to whether any Note Guarantor is or has been making any payments under the Notes prior to,
at or after the time such change or amendment is announced or effective).

 

It shall be a condition to the Company’s
right to redeem the Notes pursuant to the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph that, prior to giving any
notice of redemption of the Notes, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that
the Company has determined in its reasonable judgment that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts or Reimbursement Payments
cannot be avoided by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it and (b) an Opinion of Counsel that the circumstances
described in the immediately preceding paragraph exist. No such notice of redemption may be given more than 90 days before or more
than 365 days after the Company or a Note Guarantor first becomes liable (or, if later, the earlier of the date on which the Company
first becomes aware of such liability or the date on which it reasonably should have become aware of such liability) to pay any
Additional Amounts or Reimbursement Payments as a result of a change or amendment described above.

 

(f)          Optional
Redemption Procedures. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made in accordance
with Article V of the Indenture. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption
price, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, pursuant to the Indenture. Any redemption notice may be given prior to the
redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions
precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. In addition, if such redemption is subject
to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable,
shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the date of redemption may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions
shall be satisfied or waived, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such
conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the date of redemption, or by the date of redemption as so delayed.

 

The Company will pay the applicable redemption
price for any Note (or portion thereof) specified above together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through, but excluding,
the date of redemption, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price
pursuant to the Indenture. Redeemed Notes (or portions thereof) will be cancelled and cannot be reissued.

 

    A-9

     

    

  

6.          Mandatory
Repurchase Provisions

 

(a)          Change
Of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require that the
Company purchase all or a portion (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (provided that the
unpurchased portion will be in a denomination of at least $2,000)) of the Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through, but excluding, the date of purchase; provided
that the Company will not be required to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in the event that it has exercised
its right to redeem all of the Notes in accordance with Section 5 hereof or if a third party makes the Change of Control
Offer subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture. Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control
occurred, the Company must make a Change of Control Offer pursuant to a Change of Control Notice. As more fully described in the
Indenture, the Change of Control Notice shall state, among other things, the Change of Control Payment Date, which must be no earlier
than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, other than as may be required by applicable law.

 

(b)          Asset
Sale Offer. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make
Asset Sales. In the event the proceeds from a permitted Asset Sale exceed certain amounts and are not applied as specified in the
Indenture, the Company will be required to make an Asset Sale Offer to purchase to the extent of such remaining proceeds each Holder’s
Notes together with holders of certain other Indebtedness at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture.

 

[Insert for Certificated Notes:

 

(c)          In
the event of repurchase of the Note pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer in part only, a new Note or Notes
for the unpurchased portion will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon cancellation hereof.]

 

8.          Denominations;
Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are in fully registered form without
coupons, and only in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder
may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The
Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of (i) (x) any Note for a period beginning: (1) 15 days before
the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing
or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date and (y) any Note selected for repurchase
or redemption, except the unrepurchased or unredeemed portion thereof, if any.

 

9.          Persons
Deemed Owners

 

[for Certificated Notes, include the following:

 

    A-10

     

    

  

Prior to due presentment of this Note for
registration or transfer, the Company, the Note Guarantors, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company, the Note Guarantors, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Note Guarantors, or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered
as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, the Note Guarantors, the Trustee
or any such agent shall be affect by notice to the contrary.]

 

[for Global Notes, include the following:

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be
treated as the owner of it for all purposes.]

 

10.         Unclaimed
Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request, subject to
any applicable abandoned property law. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and
not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11.         Discharge
Prior to Redemption or Maturity

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in
the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company
deposits with the Trustee U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

12.         Amendment,
Waiver

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in
the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes and (ii) any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in
respect of a provision that cannot be amended or supplemented without the written consent of each Holder affected) or noncompliance
with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
Outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and
the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or
inconsistency, or to comply with Article IV of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of Certificated Notes, or to add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants
of the Company or the Note Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company or
the Note Guarantors, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect, or
to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, or to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision
of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description
of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes,
or to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the
Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however,
that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities
Act or any applicable securities laws and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to
transfer Notes.

 

    A-11

     

    

  

13.         Defaults
and Remedies

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default, which will result in the Notes being due and payable
immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity
satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct
the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice
is in their interest.

 

14.         Trustee
Dealings with the Company and the Note Guarantors

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in
the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company, any Note Guarantor or their Affiliates and may otherwise
deal with the Company, any Note Guarantor or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying
Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar may do the same with like rights.

 

15.         No
Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee,
stockholder or controlling Person, as such, of the Company or any Note Guarantor will not have any liability for any obligations
of the Company or any Note Guarantor under the Notes (including the Note Guarantees) or this Indenture or for any claims based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

16.         Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee (or an Authenticating Agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

 

    A-12

     

    

  

17.         Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants
with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

18.         CUSIP
or ISIN Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers to be
printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

19.         Governing
Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

20.         Currency
of Account; Conversion of Currency.

 

U.S. Legal Tender is the sole currency of
account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and the Note Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes or
the Indenture, including damages. The Company and the Note Guarantors will indemnify the Holders as provided in respect of the
conversion of currency relating to the Notes and the Indenture.

 

21.         Agent
for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

The Company and the Note Guarantors have agreed
that any suit, action or proceeding against the Company brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon the Indenture
or the Notes may be instituted in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York. The Company
and the Note Guarantors have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury and any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of
any such proceeding, and any objection they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient
forum. The Company and the Note Guarantors have appointed CT Corporation System as each of their authorized agent upon whom all
writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the
Notes which may be instituted in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City. To the extent that any
of the Company and the Note Guarantors has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action,
suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment
in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, each of the Company and the Note Guarantors has irrevocably
waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of their obligations under the Indenture or the Notes.

 

    A-13

     

    

  

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type.
Requests may be made to:

 

c/o MDC
Partners Inc.

745 Fifth Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10151

		Attention:	General Counsel

		Telephone:	(646) 429-1803

		Facsimile:	(212) 937-4365

 

    A-14

     

    

 

[Include for Certificated Notes only:

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	 
	 
	(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint _________________________
as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	Date:____________________	Your Signature:_______________________

  

	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
	 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 

  

 

Sign exactly as your
name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.]

 

    A-15

     

    

 

[To be attached to Global Notes only:

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL
NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this
Global Note have been made:

 

	Date of
 Exchange	 	Amount of decrease in Principal

    Amount of this Global Note	 	Amount of increase in Principal

    Amount of this Global Note	 	Principal Amount of this Global

    Note following such decrease or
 increase	 	Signature of authorized
 signatory of Trustee or Note

    Custodian	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	]

 

    A-16

     

    

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased
by the Company pursuant to Section 3.12 or 3.21 of the Indenture, check either box:

 

	 ̈	 ̈
	Section 3.12	Section 3.21

  

If you want to elect to have only part of
this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.12 or 3.21 of the Indenture, state the principal amount
(which must equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) that you want to have purchased by the Company:
$_________________

 

	Date: __________	Your Signature	 	 
	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)	 
	 	 	 
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
	 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 

  

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee
medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

    A-17

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT
TO REGULATION S

 

[Date]

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street – 8W

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit

 

		Re:	6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”) of MDC Partners Inc. (the “Company”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of March 23, 2016 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company,
the Note Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $________
aggregate principal amount of the Notes, which represent an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned
(“Transferor”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(a)          the
offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(b)          either
(i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf
reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the
facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction
has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(c)          no
directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(d)          the
transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(e)          we
are the beneficial owner of the principal amount of Notes being transferred.

 

In addition, if the sale is made during a
Distribution Compliance Period and the provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we
confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2), as the case
may be.

 

    B-1

     

    

  

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon
this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative
or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings
set forth in Regulation S.

 

	 	Very truly yours,	 
	 	 	 
	 	[Name of Transferor]	 
	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	Authorized Signature	 

 

    B-2

     

    

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATION FOR TRANSFER PURSUANT
TO RULE 144

 

[Date]

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street – 8W

New York, NY 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit

 

		Re:	6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”) of MDC Partners Inc. (the “Company”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of March 23, 2016 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Company,
the Note Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $________
aggregate principal amount of the Notes, which represent an interest in a 144A Global Note beneficially owned by the undersigned
(“Transferor”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon
this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative
or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	 	Very truly yours,	 
	 	 	 
	 	[Name of Transferor]	 
	 	By:	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	Authorized Signature	 

 

    C-1

     

    

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR ADDITIONAL
NOTE GUARANTEE

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of __________
(this “Supplemental Indenture”), between [name of Additional Note Guarantor], a ________________ [corporation]
[limited liability company][limited partnership] (the “Additional Note Guarantor”), a subsidiary of MDC Partners
Inc., a corporation continued under the laws of Canada (together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”)
and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture referred
to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, each of the Company, the Note Guarantors
and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of March 23, 2016 (as amended, supplemented, waived
or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 6.500% Senior Notes due 2024 of the Company
(the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Indenture,
the Company is required to cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor that Guarantees or becomes a co-borrower
under or grants Liens to secure, any Bank Credit Facility, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an Additional Note Guarantee;
and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture,
the Trustee and the Additional Note Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to supplement the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Additional Note Guarantor and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1. Defined Terms. Unless
otherwise defined in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined.

 

ARTICLE II

 

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

 

Section 2.1. Agreement to be Bound.
The Additional Note Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Note Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights
and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture. The Additional Note Guarantor
hereby agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Note Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations
and agreements of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

Section 2.2. Guarantee. The Additional
Note Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and
severally with each other Note Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee, the full and punctual payment when due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Obligations, all as more fully set forth in Article X
of the Indenture.

 

    D-1

     

    

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 3.1. Notices. Any notice or
communication delivered to the Company under the provisions of the Indenture shall constitute notice to the Additional Note Guarantor.

 

Section 3.2. Parties. Nothing expressed
or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee,
any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision
herein or therein contained.

 

Section 3.3. Governing Law etc. This
Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 11.7 of the Indenture. [Include for any Non-U.S.
Note Guarantor: The Additional Note Guarantor has appointed [CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New
York, 10011][other New York agent that is at the relevant time the Authorized Agent pursuant to Section 11.7(c) of the Indenture]
as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit,
action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Notes which may be instituted in any federal or state court
in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City. The Additional Note Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent
has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Additional Note Guarantor agrees
to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue each such appointment
in full force and effect as aforesaid so long as the Notes remain outstanding. The Additional Note Guarantor agrees that the appointment
of the Authorized Agent shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment
by the Additional Note Guarantor of a successor agent in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City as each of their authorized agent
for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be
deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Additional Note Guarantor.]

 

Section 3.4. Severability. In case
any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to
the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

 

Section 3.5. Ratification of Indenture;
Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and
confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture
shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered
shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 3.6. Duplicate and Counterpart
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove
this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

    D-2

     

    

 

Section 3.7. Headings. The headings
of the Articles and Sections in this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not
intended to be considered as a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

	 	[NAME OF NEW NOTE GUARANTOR],
	 	 	as a Note Guarantor
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    D-3

     

    

 

	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
	 	 	as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    D-4Exhibit 10.1

 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), with an effective date of March 23, 2016, is by and
among the Lenders party hereto, WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the agent for the Lenders
(in such capacity, "Agent"), MDC PARTNERS INC., a Canadian corporation ("Parent"), Maxxcom
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"),
and each of the Subsidiaries of Parent identified on the signature pages hereof (together with Parent and Borrower, the "Loan
Parties").

 

WHEREAS, Parent, Borrower,
the other Loan Parties, Agent, and Lenders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March
20, 2013 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"); and

 

WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent
and the Lenders have agreed to amend and modify the Credit Agreement as provided herein, subject to the terms and provisions hereof.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration
of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                 
Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to
such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                 
Amendments to Credit Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below
and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 5 below, the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended as follows:

 

 

(a)               
Section 2.1(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

"(d)
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Loan Documents to the contrary, Revolver Usage shall at no time exceed either (a) the
maximum amount permitted to be outstanding under Section 3.8(b)(3) of the Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture (or, after the consummation
of any Permitted Senior Unsecured Debt Refinancing, the corresponding section of the Permitted Refinancing Senior Unsecured Trust
Indenture) or (b) the maximum amount permitted to be secured under clauses (10) and (27) of the definition of "Permitted Liens"
set forth in the Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture (or, after the consummation of any Permitted Senior Unsecured Debt Refinancing,
the corresponding clauses of the definition of "Permitted Liens" set forth in the Permitted Refinancing Senior Unsecured
Trust Indenture), in each case as such provisions of the Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture or the Permitted Refinancing Senior Unsecured
Trust Indenture may be amended, modified, waived or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof."

 

    	 

     

    

 

(b)              
Section 3.2(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

"(c)
if any request in a calendar month for such extension of credit would cause Revolver Usage to exceed $300,000,000, Borrower shall
have delivered to Agent during such month and prior to such requested extension of credit the Certificate re Consolidated EBITDA
Calculation for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are available to Parent, certifying
as to the maximum amount of Revolver Usage that may be outstanding during such month that will not cause the Obligations to breach
Sections 3.8 or 3.14 of the Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture (or, after the consummation of any Permitted Senior Unsecured Debt
Refinancing, the corresponding sections of the Permitted Refinancing Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture)."

 

(c)               
Section 6.7(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to "$800,000,000" contained
therein and inserting "$925,000,000" in lieu thereof.

 

(d)              
The definition of "Existing Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture" contained in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

""Existing
Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture" means that certain Indenture dated as of March 20, 2013 among Parent, the "Note
Guarantors" party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as heretofore amended, modified or supplemented."

 

(e)               
Clause (p) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" contained in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is
hereby amended by (i) deleting the reference to "$550,000,000 contained herein and inserting "$900,000,000" in lieu
thereof, and (ii) deleting the reference to "$800,000,000" contained therein and inserting "$925,000,000" in
lieu thereof.

 

(f)               
The definition of "Permitted Refinancing Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture" contained in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to "$800,000,000" contained therein and inserting "$925,000,000"
in lieu thereof.

 

(g)              
The definition of "Senior Unsecured Debt" contained in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended
by (i) deleting the reference to "$550,000,000 contained therein and inserting "$900,000,000" in lieu thereof, and
(ii) deleting the reference to "$800,000,000" contained therein and inserting "$925,000,000" in lieu
thereof.

 

(h)              
The definition of "Senior Unsecured Trust Indenture" contained in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

"Senior
Unsecured Trust Indenture" means that certain Indenture dated as of March 23, 2016 among Parent, the "Note Guarantors"
party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time
in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

3.                 
Ratification; Other Acknowledgments. This Amendment, subject to satisfaction of the conditions provided below, shall
constitute an amendment to the Credit Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents as appropriate to express the agreements contained
herein. The Credit Agreement (other than as amended by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and
in full force and effect in accordance with their original terms. Each Loan Party hereby ratifies, affirms, acknowledges and agrees
that the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the valid, enforceable and collectible obligations of such Loan
Party, and further acknowledges that there are no existing claims, defenses, personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever
with respect to the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Each Loan Party hereby agrees that this Amendment in no way acts
as a release or relinquishment of the Liens and rights securing payments of the Obligations. The Liens and rights securing payment
of the Obligations are hereby ratified and confirmed by the Loan Parties in all respects.

 

    	 	-2-	 

     

    

 

 

4.                 
Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof and upon the satisfaction
of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)               
Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of this Amendment;

 

(b)              
Agent shall have received resolutions of each Loan Party's Board of Directors authorizing such Loan Party's execution, delivery,
and performance of this Amendment and the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents (as such term is defined after giving effect to this
Amendment) in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

(c)               
Agent shall have received fully executed copies of the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents (as such term is defined after giving
effect to this Amendment), including all schedules and exhibits thereto, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, together
with a certification that such copies are true, complete and correct,

 

(d)              
Agent shall have received evidence that Senior Unsecured Debt (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment)
in the principal amount of $900,000,000 shall have been funded;

 

(e)               
Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, that the Existing Senior Unsecured Debt
(as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment) has been paid in full and all obligations under the Existing Senior
Unsecured Debt Documents (as such term is defined after giving effect to this Amendment) have been terminated;

 

(f)               
Borrower shall have paid all reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred
by Agent and all fees due and owing; and

 

(g)              
No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date hereof or as of the date of the effectiveness
of this Amendment.

 

5.                 
Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Loan Party
hereby represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders, after giving effect to this Amendment:

 

(a)               
All representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents
are true and correct on and as of the date of this Amendment, in each case as if then made, other than representations and warranties
that expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct on and
as of such earlier date);

 

    	 	-3-	 

     

    

 

 

(b)              
(i) the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents has been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of each Loan Party party thereto, (ii) each Senior Unsecured Debt Document is the legal, valid and
binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, in each
case, except (x) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating
to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and (y) the availability of the remedy of specific performance or
injunctive or other equitable relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought,
(iii) the Loan Parties are not in default in the performance or compliance with any provisions thereof and (iv) all representations
and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents and in the certificates delivered in connection
therewith are true and correct in all material respects;

 

(c)               
No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(d)              
The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on
the part of such Loan Party; and

 

(e)               
This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid
and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except
as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally.

 

6.                 
Miscellaneous.

 

(a)               
Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of Agent (including the reasonable fees and expenses
of outside counsel for Agent) in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Amendment
and all other instruments or documents provided for herein or delivered or to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith.
All obligations provided herein shall survive any termination of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

(b)              
Governing Law. This Amendment shall be a contract made under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New
York.

 

(c)               
Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same
or separate counterparts, and each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment. Receipt by telecopy or electronic mail of any executed signature
page to this Amendment shall constitute effective delivery of such signature page.

 

    	 	-4-	 

     

    

 

 

(d)              
References. Any references in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", and any references to the Credit
Agreement contained in any document, instrument or agreement executed in connection with the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to
be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified by this Amendment.

 

(e)               
Loan Document. This Amendment shall constitute a "Loan Document" as defined in the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)               
No Waiver of Rights. Except as expressly set forth herein, the terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment shall
not be deemed to be a consent to the modification or waiver of any other term or condition of the Credit Agreement, and shall not
be deemed to waive or modify any rights of Agent or the Lenders.

 

7.                 
Release.

 

(a)               
In consideration of the agreements of Agent and Lenders contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Loan Party, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns,
and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent
and Lenders, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions,
predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent, each Lender and all such other
Persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Releasees" and individually as a "Releasee"),
of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money,
accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities
whatsoever (individually, a "Claim" and collectively, "Claims") of every name and nature, known
or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Loan Party or any of its respective successors, assigns,
or other legal representatives may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against the Releasees or any of them for,
upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date
of this Amendment, including, without limitation, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any
of the Credit Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.

 

(b)              
Each Loan Party understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete
defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted
or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

 

(c)               
Each Loan Party agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may
hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

    	 	-5-	 

     

    

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written. 

 

MDC PARTNERS INC., a federal company

organized under the laws of Canada

 

 

By:  /s/ David Doft

Name: David Doft

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

By:  /s/ Mitchell Gendel

Name: Mitchell Gendel

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

MAXXCOM INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:  /s/ David Doft

Name: David Doft

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

By:  /s/ Mitchell Gendel

Name: Mitchell Gendel

Title: Authorized Signatory 

 

    	 

     

    

 

6 DEGREES INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS CORP

 

72ANDSUNNY PARTNERS, LLC

 

ACCUMARK PARTNERS INC. (formerly known as 6 Degrees Integrated
Communications Inc.)

 

ALBION BRAND COMMUNICATION LIMITED

 

ALLISON & PARTNERS LLC

 

ANOMALY PARTNERS LLC

 

ANOMALY INC. 

 

ATTENTION PARTNERS LLC

 

BOOM MARKETING INC.

 

BRUCE MAU DESIGN INC.

 

BRUCE MAU DESIGN (USA) LLC

 

BRUCE MAU HOLDINGS LTD.

 

BRYAN MILLS IRADESSO CORP.

 

CAPITAL C PARTNERS GP INC.

 

CAPITAL C PARTNERS LP

By: Capital C Partners GP Inc.

Its general partner

 

COLLE & MCVOY LLC

 

CONCENTRIC PARTNERS LLC

 

CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY EUROPE AB

 

CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY LIMITED

 

CRISPIN PORTER & BOGUSKY LLC

 

DONER PARTNERS LLC

 

DOTGLU LLC

 

HELLO DESIGN, LLC

 

    	 

     

    

 

HL GROUP PARTNERS LLC

 

HPR PARTNERS, LLC

 

INTEGRATED MEDIA SOLUTIONS PARTNERS LLC

 

KBP HOLDINGS LLC

 

KBS+P ATLANTA LLC (formerly known as

 Fletcher Martin LLC)

 

KBS+P CANADA LP KBS+P CANADA SEC

By: MDC Canada GP Inc.

Its
general partner

 

KENNA COMMUNICATIONS GP INC.

 

KENNA COMMUNICATIONS LP 

By: Kenna Communications GP Inc.

Its
general partner

 

KINGSDALE
PARTNERS LP

By: MDC Kingsdale GP Inc.

Its
general partner

 

KIRSHENBAUM BOND SENECAL & PARTNERS LLC

 (formerly known
as Kirshenbaum Bond & Partners LLC)

 

KIRSHENBAUM BOND & PARTNERS WEST LLC

 

KWITTKEN PR LLC

 

LAIRD + PARTNERS NEW YORK LLC

 

LBN PARTNERS LLC 

 

LEGEND PR PARTNERS LLC

 

LUNTZ GLOBAL PARTNERS LLC

 

MAXXCOM GLOBAL MEDIA LLC

 

MAXXCOM (USA) FINANCE COMPANY

 

MAXXCOM (USA) HOLDINGS INC.

 

MDC ACQUISITION INC.

 

    	 

     

    

 

MDC CANADA GP INC.

 

MDC CORPORATE (US) INC.

 

MDC EUROPE LIMITED

 

MDC INNOVATION PARTNERS LLC

 (d/b/a Spies & Assassins)

 

MDC KINGSDALE GP, INC.

 

MDC PARTNERS UK HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

MDC TRAVEL, INC.

 

MONO ADVERTISING, LLC

 

NEW TEAM LLC

 

NORTHSTAR MANAGEMENT HOLDCO INC.

 

NORTHSTAR RESEARCH GP LLC

 

NORTHSTAR RESEARCH HOLDINGS CANADA INC.

 

NORTHSTAR RESEARCH HOLDINGS USA LP

 

NORTHSTAR RESEARCH PARTNERS INC.

 

NORTHSTAR RESEARCH PARTNERS (USA) LLC

 

OUTERACTIVE, LLC

 

PLUS PRODUCTIONS, LLC

 

PULSE MARKETING, LLC

 

REDSCOUT LLC

 

RELEVENT PARTNERS LLC

 

RJ PALMER PARTNERS LLC

 

SKINNY NYC LLC

 

SLOANE & COMPANY LLC

 

SOURCE MARKETING LLC

 

    	 

     

    

 

 

STUDIO PICA INC.

 

TARGETCAST LLC

 

TARGETCOM LLC

 

TC ACQUISITION INC. 

 

THE ARSENAL LLC (formerly known as Team

  Holdings LLC)

 

THE PATH WORLDWIDE LIMITED

 

TRACK 21 LLC

 

TRADE X PARTNERS LLC

 

TRAPEZE MEDIA LIMITED

 

UNION ADVERTISING CANADA LP

By: MDC Canada GP Inc.

Its
general partner

 

UNIQUE INFLUENCE PARTNERS LLC

 

VARICK MEDIA MANAGEMENT LLC

 

VERITAS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

 

VITRO PARTNERS LLC

 

VITROROBERTSON LLC

 

X CONNECTIONS INC.

 

YAMAMOTO MOSS MACKENZIE, INC.

 

Y MEDIA LABS LLC

 

ZYMAN GROUP, LLC

 

Each by: /s/ David Doft

Name:  David Doft

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Each by: /s/ Mitchell Gendel

Name: Mitchell Gendel

Title: Authorized Signatory 

 

    	 

     

    

 

 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,

formerly
known as Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as

Agent and as a Lender

 

 

By:  /s/ Jason Shanahan

Name: Jason Shanahan

Title: Vice President

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

By:  /s/ Devin Roccisano

Name: Devin Roccisano

Title: Vice President

 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, as a Lender

 

 

By:  /s/ Christina Boyle

Name: Christina Boyle

Title: Managing Director

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,
as a Lender

 

 

By:  /s/ Jerry Li

Name: Jerry Li

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

    	 

     

    

  

CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 as a Lender

 

 

By:  /s/ Barrett D. Bencivenga

Name: Barrett D. Bencivenga

Title: Senior Vice President

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00256-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00256-of-00352.parquet"}]]